]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
doc: port to texinfo 5
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2612 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2613
2614 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2615 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2618 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2619
2620 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2621 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2622 exclude-tag-under}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2625 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2628 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2631 @item --exclude-vcs
2632
2633 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2634 widely used version control systems.
2635
2636 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2637
2638 @opsummary{file}
2639 @item --file=@var{archive}
2640 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2641
2642 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2643 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2644 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2645
2646 @opsummary{files-from}
2647 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2648 @itemx -T @var{file}
2649
2650 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2651 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2652 command-line. @xref{files}.
2653
2654 @opsummary{force-local}
2655 @item --force-local
2656
2657 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2658 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2659 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2660
2661 @opsummary{format}
2662 @item --format=@var{format}
2663 @itemx -H @var{format}
2664
2665 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2666 following:
2667
2668 @table @samp
2669 @item v7
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2671
2672 @item oldgnu
2673 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2674 1.12 or earlier.
2675
2676 @item gnu
2677 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2678 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2679 numeric fields.
2680
2681 @item ustar
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2683
2684 @item posix
2685 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2686
2687 @end table
2688
2689 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2690
2691 @opsummary{full-time}
2692 @item --full-time
2693 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2694 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2695 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2696 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2697 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2698 or extracting archives:
2699
2700 @smallexample
2701 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2702 @end smallexample
2703
2704 @noindent
2705 or, when creating an archive:
2706
2707 @smallexample
2708 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2709 @end smallexample
2710
2711 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2712 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2713 tutorial}).
2714
2715 @opsummary{group}
2716 @item --group=@var{group}
2717
2718 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2719 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2720 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2721 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2722
2723 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2724
2725 @opsummary{gzip}
2726 @opsummary{gunzip}
2727 @opsummary{ungzip}
2728 @item --gzip
2729 @itemx --gunzip
2730 @itemx --ungzip
2731 @itemx -z
2732
2733 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2734 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2735 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2736
2737 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2738 @item --hard-dereference
2739 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2740 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2741
2742 @xref{hard links}.
2743
2744 @opsummary{help}
2745 @item --help
2746 @itemx -?
2747
2748 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2749 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2750
2751 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2752 @item --ignore-case
2753 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2754 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2755
2756 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2757 @item --ignore-command-error
2758 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2759
2760 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2761 @item --ignore-failed-read
2762
2763 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2764 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2767 @item --ignore-zeros
2768 @itemx -i
2769
2770 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2771 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{incremental}
2774 @item --incremental
2775 @itemx -G
2776
2777 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2778 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2779 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2780 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2781
2782 @opsummary{index-file}
2783 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2784
2785 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2786
2787 @opsummary{info-script}
2788 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2789 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2790 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2791 @itemx -F @var{command}
2792
2793 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2794 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2795 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2796 discussion of this feature.
2797
2798 @opsummary{interactive}
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @xref{interactive}.
2806
2807 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2808 @item --keep-newer-files
2809
2810 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2811 when extracting files from an archive.
2812
2813 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2814 @item --keep-old-files
2815 @itemx -k
2816
2817 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2818 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2819 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2820
2821 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2822
2823 @opsummary{label}
2824 @item --label=@var{name}
2825 @itemx -V @var{name}
2826
2827 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2828 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2829 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2830 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2831
2832 @opsummary{level}
2833 @item --level=@var{n}
2834 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2835 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2836 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2837 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2838
2839 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2840 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2841 for a detailed description.
2842
2843 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2844 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2845 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2846
2847 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2848 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2849 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2850 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2851 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2852
2853 @opsummary{lzip}
2854 @item --lzip
2855
2856 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2857 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2858
2859 @opsummary{lzma}
2860 @item --lzma
2861
2862 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2863 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2864
2865 @item --lzop
2866
2867 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2868 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2869
2870 @opsummary{mode}
2871 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2872
2873 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2874 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2875 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2876 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2877 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2878
2879 @opsummary{mtime}
2880 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2881
2882 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2883 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2884 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2885 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2886 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2887 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2888
2889 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2890 @item --multi-volume
2891 @itemx -M
2892
2893 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2894 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2895
2896 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2897 @item --new-volume-script
2898
2899 (see @option{--info-script})
2900
2901 @opsummary{newer}
2902 @item --newer=@var{date}
2903 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2904 @itemx -N
2905
2906 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2907 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2908 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2909 the date. @xref{after}.
2910
2911 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2912 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2913
2914 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2915 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2916 also back up files for which any status information has
2917 changed). @xref{after}.
2918
2919 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2920 @item --no-anchored
2921 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2922 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2923
2924 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2925 @item --no-auto-compress
2926
2927 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2928 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2929
2930 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2931 @item --no-check-device
2932 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2933 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2934 a detailed description.
2935
2936 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2937 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2938
2939 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2940 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2941 extracted. This is the default.
2942 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2943
2944 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2945 @item --no-ignore-case
2946 Use case-sensitive matching.
2947 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2948
2949 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2950 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2951 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2952 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2953
2954 @opsummary{no-null}
2955 @item --no-null
2956
2957 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2958 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2959 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2960
2961 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2962 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2963
2964 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2965 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2966
2967 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2968 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2969 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2970 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2971 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2972
2973 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2974 @item --no-recursion
2975
2976 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2977 @xref{recurse}.
2978
2979 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2980 @item --no-same-owner
2981 @itemx -o
2982
2983 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2984 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2985 for ordinary users.
2986
2987 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
2988 @item --no-same-permissions
2989
2990 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2991 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2992 for ordinary users.
2993
2994 @opsummary{no-seek}
2995 @item --no-seek
2996
2997 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
2998 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2999 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3000 mechanism.
3001
3002 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3003 @item --no-unquote
3004 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3005 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3006
3007 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3008 @item --no-wildcards
3009 Do not use wildcards.
3010 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3011
3012 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3013 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3014 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3015 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3016
3017 @opsummary{null}
3018 @item --null
3019
3020 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3021 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3022 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3023 @xref{nul}.
3024
3025 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3026 @item --numeric-owner
3027
3028 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3029 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3030 @xref{Attributes}.
3031
3032 @item -o
3033 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3034 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3035 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3036 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3037
3038 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3039 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3040 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3041 removed in future releases.
3042
3043 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3044
3045 @opsummary{occurrence}
3046 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3047
3048 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3049 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3050 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3051 line or via @option{-T} option.
3052
3053 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3054 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3055
3056 @smallexample
3057 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3058 @end smallexample
3059
3060 @noindent
3061 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3062 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3063
3064 @opsummary{old-archive}
3065 @item --old-archive
3066 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3067
3068 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3069 @item --one-file-system
3070 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3071 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3072 directory.
3073
3074 @opsummary{overwrite}
3075 @item --overwrite
3076
3077 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3078 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3079
3080 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3081 @item --overwrite-dir
3082
3083 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3084 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3085
3086 @opsummary{owner}
3087 @item --owner=@var{user}
3088
3089 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3090 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3091 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3092 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3093 @xref{override}.
3094
3095 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3096
3097 @opsummary{pax-option}
3098 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3099 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3100 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3101 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3102 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3103 discussion.
3104
3105 @opsummary{portability}
3106 @item --portability
3107 @itemx --old-archive
3108 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3109
3110 @opsummary{posix}
3111 @item --posix
3112 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3113
3114 @opsummary{preserve}
3115 @item --preserve
3116
3117 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3118 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3119
3120 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3121 @item --preserve-order
3122
3123 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3124
3125 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3126 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3127 @item --preserve-permissions
3128 @itemx --same-permissions
3129 @itemx -p
3130
3131 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3132 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3133 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3134 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3135 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3136
3137 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3138 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3139 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3140 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3141
3142 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3143 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3144 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3145 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3146 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3147 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3148 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3149 package.
3150
3151 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3152 @item --read-full-records
3153 @itemx -B
3154
3155 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3156 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3157
3158 @opsummary{record-size}
3159 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3160
3161 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3162 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3163 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3164 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3165 description of this option.
3166
3167 @opsummary{recursion}
3168 @item --recursion
3169
3170 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3171 @xref{recurse}.
3172
3173 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3174 @item --recursive-unlink
3175
3176 Remove existing
3177 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3178 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3179
3180 @opsummary{remove-files}
3181 @item --remove-files
3182
3183 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3184 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3185
3186 @opsummary{restrict}
3187 @item --restrict
3188
3189 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3190 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3191 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3192
3193 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3194 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3195
3196 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3197 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3198
3199 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3200 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3201
3202 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3203 devices. @xref{Device}.
3204
3205 @opsummary{same-order}
3206 @item --same-order
3207 @itemx --preserve-order
3208 @itemx -s
3209
3210 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3211 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3212 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3213 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3214
3215 @opsummary{same-owner}
3216 @item --same-owner
3217
3218 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3219 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3220 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3221 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3222
3223 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3224 @item --same-permissions
3225
3226 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3227
3228 @opsummary{seek}
3229 @item --seek
3230 @itemx -n
3231
3232 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3233 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3234 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3235 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3236 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3237 @option{--extract} options).
3238
3239 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3240 @item --show-defaults
3241
3242 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3243 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3244 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3245
3246 @smallexample
3247 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3248 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3249 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3250 @end smallexample
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3254 above has been split to fit page boundaries.
3255
3256 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3257 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3258
3259 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3260 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3261
3262 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3263 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3264 @item --show-transformed-names
3265 @itemx --show-stored-names
3266
3267 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3268 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3269 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3270 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3271 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3272
3273 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3274 @item --skip-old-files
3275
3276 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3277 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3278
3279 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3280 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3281 overwriting them.
3282
3283 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3284 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3285 (@pxref{warnings}).
3286
3287 @opsummary{sparse}
3288 @item --sparse
3289 @itemx -S
3290
3291 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3292 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3293
3294 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3295 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3296
3297 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3298 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3299 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3300
3301 @opsummary{starting-file}
3302 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3303 @itemx -K @var{name}
3304
3305 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3306 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3307 @xref{Scarce}.
3308
3309 @opsummary{strip-components}
3310 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3311 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3312 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3313 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3314
3315 @smallexample
3316 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3317 @end smallexample
3318
3319 @noindent
3320 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3321
3322 @opsummary{suffix}
3323 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3324
3325 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3326 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3327
3328 @opsummary{tape-length}
3329 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3330 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3331
3332 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3333 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3334 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3335 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3336 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3337 discussion of this option.
3338
3339 @opsummary{test-label}
3340 @item --test-label
3341
3342 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3343 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3344
3345 @opsummary{to-command}
3346 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3347
3348 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3349 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3350
3351 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3352 @item --to-stdout
3353 @itemx -O
3354
3355 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3356 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3357
3358 @opsummary{totals}
3359 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3360
3361 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3362 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3363 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3364 @xref{totals}.
3365
3366 @opsummary{touch}
3367 @item --touch
3368 @itemx -m
3369
3370 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3371 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3372 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3373
3374 @opsummary{transform}
3375 @opsummary{xform}
3376 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3377 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3378 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3379 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3380
3381 @smallexample
3382 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3383 @end smallexample
3384
3385 @noindent
3386 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3387 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3388 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3389
3390 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3391 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3392 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3393
3394 @opsummary{uncompress}
3395 @item --uncompress
3396
3397 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3398
3399 @opsummary{ungzip}
3400 @item --ungzip
3401
3402 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3403
3404 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3405 @item --unlink-first
3406 @itemx -U
3407
3408 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3409 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3410
3411 @opsummary{unquote}
3412 @item --unquote
3413 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3414 name quoting}.
3415
3416 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3417 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3418 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3419
3420 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3421 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3422
3423 @opsummary{utc}
3424 @item --utc
3425
3426 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3427 @option{--verbose}.
3428
3429 @opsummary{verbose}
3430 @item --verbose
3431 @itemx -v
3432
3433 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3434 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3435 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3436 @xref{verbose}.
3437
3438 @opsummary{verify}
3439 @item --verify
3440 @itemx -W
3441
3442 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3443 archive. @xref{verify}.
3444
3445 @opsummary{version}
3446 @item --version
3447
3448 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3449 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3450 @xref{help}.
3451
3452 @opsummary{volno-file}
3453 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3454
3455 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3456 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3457 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3458
3459 @opsummary{warning}
3460 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3461
3462 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3463 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3464 @xref{warnings}.
3465
3466 @opsummary{wildcards}
3467 @item --wildcards
3468 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3469 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3470
3471 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3472 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3473 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3474 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3475
3476 @opsummary{xz}
3477 @item --xz
3478 @itemx -J
3479 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3480
3481 @end table
3482
3483 @node Short Option Summary
3484 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3485
3486 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3487 them with the equivalent long option.
3488
3489 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3490 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3491
3492 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3493
3494 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3495
3496 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3497
3498 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3499
3500 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3501
3502 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3503
3504 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3505
3506 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3507
3508 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3509
3510 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3511
3512 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3513
3514 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3515
3516 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3517
3518 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3519
3520 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3521
3522 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3523
3524 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3525
3526 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3527
3528 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3529
3530 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3531
3532 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3533
3534 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3535
3536 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3537
3538 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3539
3540 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3541
3542 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3543
3544 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3545
3546 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3547
3548 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3549
3550 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3551
3552 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3553
3554 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3555 @ref{--portability}.
3556
3557 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3558 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3559 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3560
3561 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3562
3563 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3564
3565 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3566
3567 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3568
3569 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3570
3571 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3572
3573 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3574
3575 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3576
3577 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3578
3579 @end multitable
3580
3581 @node help
3582 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3583
3584 @cindex Getting program version number
3585 @opindex version
3586 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3587 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3588 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3589 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3590 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3591 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3592
3593 @smallexample
3594 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3595 Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3596 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3597 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3598 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3599
3600 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3601 @end smallexample
3602
3603 @noindent
3604 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3605 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3606 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3607 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3608 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3609 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3610 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3611 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3612 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3613 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3614
3615 @cindex Obtaining help
3616 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3617 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3618 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3619 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3620 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3621 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3622 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3623 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3624 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3625 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3626 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3627 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3628
3629 @smallexample
3630 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3631 @end smallexample
3632
3633 @noindent
3634 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3635 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3636 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3637 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3638
3639 @smallexample
3640 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3641 @end smallexample
3642
3643 @noindent
3644 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3645 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3646 command will list only the first of them.
3647
3648 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3649 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3650
3651 @opindex usage
3652 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3653 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3654 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3655
3656 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3657 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3658 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3659 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3660 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3661 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3662 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3663 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3664 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3665 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3666 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3667 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3668 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3669 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3670
3671 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3672 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3673 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3674 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3675 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3676 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3677 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3678
3679 @node defaults
3680 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3681
3682 @opindex show-defaults
3683 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3684 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3685 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3686 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3687
3688 @smallexample
3689 @group
3690 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3691 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3692 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3693 @end group
3694 @end smallexample
3695
3696 @noindent
3697 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3698 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3699
3700 @noindent
3701 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3702 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3703 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3704 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3705 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3706 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3707
3708 @node verbose
3709 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3710
3711 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3712 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3713 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3714 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3715 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3716 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3717 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3718 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3719 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3720 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3721 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3722 helpful diagnostic tools.
3723
3724 @cindex Verbose operation
3725 @opindex verbose
3726 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3727 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3728 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3729 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3730 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3731 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3732 monitoring @command{tar}.
3733
3734 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3735 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3736 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3737 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3738 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3739 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3740 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3741 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3742
3743 @smallexample
3744 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3745 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3746 @end smallexample
3747
3748 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3749 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3750 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3751 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3752 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3753
3754 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3755 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3756 error.
3757
3758 @anchor{totals}
3759 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3760 @opindex totals
3761 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3762 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3763 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3764 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3765 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3766
3767 @smallexample
3768 @group
3769 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3770 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3771 @end group
3772 @end smallexample
3773
3774 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3775 read:
3776
3777 @smallexample
3778 @group
3779 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3780 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3781 @end group
3782 @end smallexample
3783
3784 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3785 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3786
3787 @smallexample
3788 @group
3789 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3790 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3791 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3792 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3793 @end group
3794 @end smallexample
3795
3796 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3797 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3798 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3799 statistics is to be printed:
3800
3801 @table @option
3802 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3803 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3804 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3805 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3806 accepted.
3807 @end table
3808
3809 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3810 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3811 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3812 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3813 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3814
3815 @anchor{Progress information}
3816 @cindex Progress information
3817 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3818 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3819 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3820 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3821 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3822 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3823 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3824
3825 @smallexample
3826 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3827 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3828 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3829 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3830 @end smallexample
3831
3832 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3833 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3834 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3835 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3836 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3837
3838 @smallexample
3839 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3840 ...
3841 @end smallexample
3842
3843 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3844 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3845 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3846
3847 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3848 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3849 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3850 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3851 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3852 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3853 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3854 it might be excluded by the use of the
3855 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3856
3857 @opindex block-number
3858 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3859 @anchor{block-number}
3860 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3861 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3862 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3863 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3864 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3865 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3866 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3867 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3868 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3869 archive from a pipe.
3870
3871 @cindex Error message, block number of
3872 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3873 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3874 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3875 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3876 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3877 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3878
3879 @node checkpoints
3880 @section Checkpoints
3881 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3882 @opindex checkpoint
3883 @opindex checkpoint-action
3884
3885 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3886 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3887 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3888 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3889
3890 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3891
3892 @table @option
3893 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3894 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3895 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3896 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3897 @end table
3898
3899 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3900 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3901 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3902 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3903
3904 @table @option
3905 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3906 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3907 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3908 @end table
3909
3910 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3911 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3912 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3913 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3914 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3915 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3916 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3917
3918 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3919
3920 This is the default action, so running:
3921
3922 @smallexample
3923 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3924 @end smallexample
3925
3926 @noindent
3927 is equivalent to:
3928
3929 @smallexample
3930 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3931 @end smallexample
3932
3933 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3934 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3935 e.g.:
3936
3937 @smallexample
3938 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3939 @end smallexample
3940
3941 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3942 @dfn{meta-characters}. The @samp{%s} meta-character is replaced with
3943 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3944 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3945 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} meta-character is replaced with
3946 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3947 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3948 option:
3949
3950 @smallexample
3951 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3952 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3953 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3954 @end smallexample
3955
3956 Aside from meta-character expansion, the message string is subject to
3957 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
3958 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
3959 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
3960 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
3961
3962 @smallexample
3963 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
3964 @end smallexample
3965
3966 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
3967 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
3968 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
3969 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
3970 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
3971
3972 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
3973 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
3974 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
3975 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
3976 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
3977 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
3978 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
3979 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
3980 line, overwriting any previous message:
3981
3982 @smallexample
3983 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=\rHit %s checkpoint #%u"
3984 @end smallexample
3985
3986 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
3987 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
3988 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
3989 stream, e.g.:
3990
3991 @smallexample
3992 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
3993 ...
3994 @end smallexample
3995
3996 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
3997 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
3998 as shown in the previous section.
3999
4000 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4001 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4002 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4003 checkpoint:
4004
4005 @smallexample
4006 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4007 @end smallexample
4008
4009 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4010 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4011 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4012 For example:
4013
4014 @smallexample
4015 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4016 @end smallexample
4017
4018 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4019 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4020 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4021 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4022
4023 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4024 following variables:
4025
4026 @table @env
4027 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4028 @item TAR_VERSION
4029 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4030
4031 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4032 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4033 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4034
4035 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4036 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4037 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4038
4039 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4040 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4041 Number of the checkpoint.
4042
4043 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4044 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4045 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4046 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4047
4048 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4049 @item TAR_FORMAT
4050 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4051 list of archive format names.
4052 @end table
4053
4054 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4055 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4056
4057 @smallexample
4058 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4059 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4060 @end smallexample
4061
4062 @noindent
4063 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4064 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4065
4066 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4067 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4068 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4069 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4070
4071 @example
4072 @group
4073 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4074 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4075 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4076 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4077 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4078 @end group
4079 @end example
4080
4081 This example also illustrates the fact that
4082 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4083 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4084 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4085
4086 @node warnings
4087 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4088
4089 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4090 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4091 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4092 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4093 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4094 code of @command{tar} command.
4095
4096 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4097 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4098 messages:
4099
4100 @table @option
4101 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4102 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4103 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4104 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4105
4106 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4107
4108 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4109 warning messages they control.
4110 @end table
4111
4112 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4113 @table @asis
4114 @kwindex all
4115 @item all
4116 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4117 @kwindex none
4118 @item none
4119 Disable all warning messages.
4120 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4121 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4122 @item filename-with-nuls
4123 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4124 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4125 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4126 @item alone-zero-block
4127 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4128 @end table
4129
4130 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4131 @table @asis
4132 @kwindex cachedir
4133 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4134 @item cachedir
4135 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4136 @kwindex file-shrank
4137 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4138 @item file-shrank
4139 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4140 @kwindex xdev
4141 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4142 @item xdev
4143 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4144 @kwindex file-ignored
4145 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4146 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4147 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4148 @item file-ignored
4149 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4150 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4151 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4152 @kwindex file-unchanged
4153 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4154 @item file-unchanged
4155 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4156 @kwindex ignore-archive
4157 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4158 @kwindex ignore-archive
4159 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4160 @item ignore-archive
4161 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4162 @kwindex file-removed
4163 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4164 @item file-removed
4165 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4166 @kwindex file-changed
4167 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4168 @item file-changed
4169 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4170 @end table
4171
4172 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4173 @table @asis
4174 @kwindex timestamp
4175 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4176 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4177 @item timestamp
4178 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4179 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4180 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4181 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4182 @item contiguous-cast
4183 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4184 @kwindex symlink-cast
4185 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4186 @item symlink-cast
4187 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4188 @kwindex unknown-cast
4189 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4190 @item unknown-cast
4191 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4192 @kwindex ignore-newer
4193 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4194 @item ignore-newer
4195 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4196 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4197 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4198 @item unknown-keyword
4199 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4200 @kwindex decompress-program
4201 @item decompress-program
4202 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4203 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4204 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4205 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4206 when using this warning is:
4207
4208 @smallexample
4209 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4210 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4211 tar (child): trying gzip
4212 @end smallexample
4213
4214 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4215 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4216 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4217 @end table
4218
4219 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4220 @table @asis
4221 @kwindex rename-directory
4222 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4223 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4224 @item rename-directory
4225 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4226 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4227 @kwindex new-directory
4228 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4229 @item new-directory
4230 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4231 @kwindex xdev
4232 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4233 @item xdev
4234 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4235 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4236 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4237 @item bad-dumpdir
4238 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4239 @end table
4240
4241 @node interactive
4242 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4243 @cindex Interactive operation
4244
4245 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4246 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4247 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4248 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4249 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4250 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4251 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4252
4253 @opindex interactive
4254 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4255 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4256 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4257 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4258 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4259 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4260 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4261 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4262 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4263
4264 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4265 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4266 communications.
4267
4268 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4269 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4270 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4271 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4272 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4273 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4274 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4275 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4276 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4277 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4278 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4279
4280 @node external
4281 @section Running External Commands
4282
4283 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4284 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4285 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4286 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4287 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4288 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4289
4290 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4291 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4292 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4293 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4294 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4295 @env{PATH}.
4296
4297 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4298 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4299 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4300 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4301 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4302 command line of the external command. For example:
4303
4304 @smallexample
4305 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4306 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4307 @end smallexample
4308
4309 @noindent
4310 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4311 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4312
4313 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4314 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4315
4316 @node operations
4317 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4318
4319 @menu
4320 * Basic tar::
4321 * Advanced tar::
4322 * create options::
4323 * extract options::
4324 * backup::
4325 * Applications::
4326 * looking ahead::
4327 @end menu
4328
4329 @node Basic tar
4330 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4331
4332 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4333 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4334 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4335 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4336 for these operations.
4337
4338 @table @option
4339 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4340 @item --create
4341 @itemx -c
4342
4343 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4344 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4345 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4346 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4347 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4348 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4349 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4350 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4351 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4352
4353 @enumerate
4354 @item
4355 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4356 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4357 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4358 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4359 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4360 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4361
4362 @item
4363 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4364 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4365 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4366 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4367 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4368 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4369 @end enumerate
4370
4371 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4372 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4373 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4374 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4375 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4376 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4377 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4378 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4379 the following commands:
4380
4381 @smallexample
4382 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4383 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4384 @end smallexample
4385
4386 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4387 @item --extract
4388 @itemx --get
4389 @itemx -x
4390
4391 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4392
4393 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4394
4395 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4396 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4397 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4398 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4399 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4400 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4401
4402 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4403 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4404
4405 @end table
4406
4407 @node Advanced tar
4408 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4409
4410 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4411 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4412
4413 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4414 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4415 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4416 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4417 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4418 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4419 error correction in special circumstances.
4420
4421 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4422 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4423
4424 @menu
4425 * Operations::
4426 * append::
4427 * update::
4428 * concatenate::
4429 * delete::
4430 * compare::
4431 @end menu
4432
4433 @node Operations
4434 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4435
4436 @cindex basic operations
4437 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4438 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4439 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4440 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4441
4442 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4443 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4444 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4445 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4446 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4447 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4448 and the two archive files you created are
4449 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4450
4451 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4452 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4453 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4454 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4455
4456 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4457 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4458 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4459 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4460 where the last chapter left them.)
4461
4462 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4463
4464 @table @option
4465 @item --append
4466 @itemx -r
4467 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4468 @item --update
4469 @itemx -u
4470 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4471 they exist.
4472 @item --concatenate
4473 @itemx --catenate
4474 @itemx -A
4475 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4476 @item --delete
4477 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4478 @item --compare
4479 @itemx --diff
4480 @itemx -d
4481 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4482 @end table
4483
4484 @node append
4485 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4486
4487 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4488 @opindex append
4489 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4490 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4491 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4492 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4493 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4494 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4495
4496 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4497 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4498 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4499 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4500 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4501 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4502 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4503 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4504
4505 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4506 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4507 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4508 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4509 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4510 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4511 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4512 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4513 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4514 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4515 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4516 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4517 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4518 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4519
4520 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4521 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4522 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4523 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4524 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4525 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4526 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4527 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4528 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4529 the command
4530
4531 @smallexample
4532 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4533 @end smallexample
4534
4535 @noindent
4536 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4537 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4538 option.
4539
4540 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4541 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4542
4543 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4544 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4545
4546 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4547 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4548 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4549 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4550 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4551 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4552 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4553 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4554 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4555 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4556 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4557
4558 @menu
4559 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4560 * multiple::
4561 @end menu
4562
4563 @node appending files
4564 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4565 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4566 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4567 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4568 @opindex append
4569
4570 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4571 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4572 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4573 archived files.
4574
4575 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4576 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4577 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4578 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4579 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4580 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4581 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4582
4583 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4584 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4585 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4586 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4587
4588 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4589 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4590 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4591 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4592 @file{collection.tar}:
4593
4594 @smallexample
4595 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4596 @end smallexample
4597
4598 @noindent
4599 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4600 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4601
4602 @smallexample
4603 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4604 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4605 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4606 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4607 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4608 @end smallexample
4609
4610 @node multiple
4611 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4612 @cindex members, multiple
4613 @cindex multiple members
4614
4615 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4616 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4617 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4618 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4619 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4620 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4621 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4622 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4623 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4624 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4625 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4626 all versions of the file.
4627
4628 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4629 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4630 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4631 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4632 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4633 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4634 newer version when it is extracted.
4635
4636 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4637 archive in this way:
4638
4639 @smallexample
4640 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4641 blues
4642 @end smallexample
4643
4644 @noindent
4645 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4646 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4647 list the contents of the archive:
4648
4649 @smallexample
4650 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4651 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4652 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4653 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4654 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4655 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4656 @end smallexample
4657
4658 @noindent
4659 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4660 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4661 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4662 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4663 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4664
4665 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4666 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4667 the following example:
4668
4669 @smallexample
4670 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4671 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4672 @end smallexample
4673
4674 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4675 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4676 @option{--occurrence} option.
4677
4678 @node update
4679 @subsection Updating an Archive
4680 @cindex Updating an archive
4681 @opindex update
4682
4683 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4684 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4685 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4686 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4687 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4688 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4689 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4690 @option{--append}).
4691
4692 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4693 The operation will fail.
4694
4695 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4696 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4697
4698 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4699 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4700 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4701 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4702
4703 @menu
4704 * how to update::
4705 @end menu
4706
4707 @node how to update
4708 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4709 @opindex update
4710
4711 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4712 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4713 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4714 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4715
4716 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4717 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4718
4719 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4720 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4721 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4722 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4723 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4724 directory as file name arguments:
4725
4726 @smallexample
4727 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4728 blues
4729 classical
4730 $
4731 @end smallexample
4732
4733 @noindent
4734 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4735 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4736 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4737 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4738 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4739 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4740 updating it.
4741
4742 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4743 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4744 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4745 information about tapes.
4746
4747 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4748 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4749 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4750 options intended specifically for backups are more
4751 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4752
4753 @node concatenate
4754 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4755
4756 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4757 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4758 @opindex concatenate
4759 @opindex catenate
4760 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4761 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4762 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4763 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4764 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4765
4766 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4767 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4768 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4769 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4770 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4771 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4772 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4773 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4774 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4775 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4776
4777 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4778
4779 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4780 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4781 files from @file{practice}:
4782
4783 @smallexample
4784 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4785 blues
4786 rock
4787 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4788 folk
4789 jazz
4790 @end smallexample
4791
4792 @noindent
4793 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4794 contain what they are supposed to:
4795
4796 @smallexample
4797 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4798 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4799 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4800 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4801 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4802 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4803 @end smallexample
4804
4805 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4806
4807 @smallexample
4808 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4809 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4810 @end smallexample
4811
4812 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4813 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4814
4815 @smallexample
4816 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4817 blues
4818 rock
4819 folk
4820 jazz
4821 @end smallexample
4822
4823 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4824 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4825 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4826 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4827 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4828
4829 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4830 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4831
4832 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4833 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4834 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4835 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4836 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4837
4838 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4839 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4840 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4841 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4842 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4843 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4844 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4845 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4846 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4847 @command{cat} shell utility.
4848
4849 @node delete
4850 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4851 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4852 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4853
4854 @opindex delete
4855 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4856 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4857 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4858 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4859 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4860 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4861 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4862 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4863 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4864
4865 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4866
4867 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4868 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4869 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4870 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4871 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4872 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4873 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4874 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4875 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4876 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4877
4878 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4879 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4880 are in that directory, and then,
4881
4882 @smallexample
4883 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4884 blues
4885 folk
4886 jazz
4887 rock
4888 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4889 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4890 folk
4891 jazz
4892 rock
4893 @end smallexample
4894
4895 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4896 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4897
4898 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4899 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4900
4901 @node compare
4902 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4903 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4904
4905 @opindex compare
4906 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4907 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4908 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4909 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4910 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4911 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4912 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4913
4914 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4915 archive with a non-default record size.
4916
4917 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4918 corresponding members in the archive.
4919
4920 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4921 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4922 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4923 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4924
4925 @smallexample
4926 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4927 rock
4928 blues
4929 tar: funk not found in archive
4930 @end smallexample
4931
4932 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4933 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4934 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4935 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
4936
4937 @node create options
4938 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4939
4940 @xopindex{create, additional options}
4941 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4942 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4943 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4944 @option{--create}.
4945
4946 @menu
4947 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
4948 * Ignore Failed Read::
4949 @end menu
4950
4951 @node override
4952 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
4953
4954 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
4955 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
4956 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
4957 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
4958 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
4959 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
4960 metadata, stored in the archive.
4961
4962 @table @option
4963 @opindex mode
4964 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
4965
4966 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
4967 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
4968 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
4969 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
4970 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
4971 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
4972 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
4973 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
4974 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
4975 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
4976 or on any other file already marked as executable:
4977
4978 @smallexample
4979 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
4980 @end smallexample
4981
4982 @item --mtime=@var{date}
4983 @opindex mtime
4984
4985 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
4986 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
4987 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
4988 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
4989 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
4990 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
4991 of that file will be used.
4992
4993 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
4994 January 1, 1970:
4995
4996 @smallexample
4997 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
4998 @end smallexample
4999
5000 @noindent
5001 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5002 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5003 representation and compare it with the one given with
5004 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5005 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5006 ensure he is using the right date.
5007
5008 For example:
5009
5010 @smallexample
5011 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5012 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5013 13:06:29.152478
5014 @dots{}
5015 @end smallexample
5016
5017 @item --owner=@var{user}
5018 @opindex owner
5019
5020 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5021 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5022 file.
5023
5024 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5025 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5026 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5027 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5028 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5029 taken to be a user name.
5030
5031 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5032 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5033 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5034 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5035 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5036 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5037 current host.
5038
5039 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5040 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5041 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5042 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5043 archives. For example:
5044
5045 @smallexample
5046 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5047 @end smallexample
5048
5049 @noindent
5050 or:
5051
5052 @smallexample
5053 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5054 @end smallexample
5055
5056 @item --group=@var{group}
5057 @opindex group
5058
5059 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5060 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5061 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5062 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5063 @end table
5064
5065 @node Ignore Failed Read
5066 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5067
5068 @table @option
5069 @item --ignore-failed-read
5070 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5071 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5072 @end table
5073
5074 @node extract options
5075 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5076 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5077
5078 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5079 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5080 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5081 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5082 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5083 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5084 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5085 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5086 @option{--extract} operation.
5087
5088 @menu
5089 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5090 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5091 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5092 @end menu
5093
5094 @node Reading
5095 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5096 @cindex Options when reading archives
5097
5098 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5099 @cindex Records, incomplete
5100 @opindex read-full-records
5101 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5102 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5103 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5104 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5105 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5106 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5107 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5108 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5109 @xref{Blocking}.
5110
5111 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5112 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5113 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5114 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5115 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5116 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5117
5118 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5119 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5120 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5121 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5122 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5123 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5124
5125 @menu
5126 * read full records::
5127 * Ignore Zeros::
5128 @end menu
5129
5130 @node read full records
5131 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5132
5133 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5134
5135 @table @option
5136 @opindex read-full-records
5137 @item --read-full-records
5138 @item -B
5139 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5140 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5141 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5142 @end table
5143
5144 @node Ignore Zeros
5145 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5146
5147 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5148 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5149 @opindex ignore-zeros
5150 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5151 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5152 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5153 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5154 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5155 several archives together).
5156
5157 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5158 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5159 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5160 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5161 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5162
5163 @table @option
5164 @item --ignore-zeros
5165 @itemx -i
5166 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5167 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5168 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5169 @end table
5170
5171 @node Writing
5172 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5173 @UNREVISED
5174
5175 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5176
5177 @menu
5178 * Dealing with Old Files::
5179 * Overwrite Old Files::
5180 * Keep Old Files::
5181 * Keep Newer Files::
5182 * Unlink First::
5183 * Recursive Unlink::
5184 * Data Modification Times::
5185 * Setting Access Permissions::
5186 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5187 * Writing to Standard Output::
5188 * Writing to an External Program::
5189 * remove files::
5190 @end menu
5191
5192 @node Dealing with Old Files
5193 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5194
5195 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5196 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5197 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5198 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5199 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5200 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5201 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5202 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5203 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5204 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5205
5206 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5207 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5208 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5209 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5210 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5211 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5212 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5213 example:
5214
5215 @example
5216 $ @kbd{ls}
5217 blues
5218 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5219 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5220 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5221 @end example
5222
5223 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5224 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5225 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5226 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5227 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5228
5229 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5230 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5231 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5232 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5233
5234 @cindex Protecting old files
5235 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5236 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5237 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5238 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5239 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5240 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5241 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5242 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5243 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5244 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5245 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5246 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5247 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5248 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5249 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5250 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5251 removed.
5252
5253 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5254 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5255 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5256 before extracting them.
5257
5258 @node Overwrite Old Files
5259 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5260
5261 @table @option
5262 @opindex overwrite
5263 @item --overwrite
5264 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5265 from an archive.
5266
5267 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5268 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5269 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5270 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5271 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5272 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5273 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5274 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5275 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5276 they are in the way of extraction.
5277
5278 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5279 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5280 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5281 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5282 are currently being executed.
5283
5284 @opindex overwrite-dir
5285 @item --overwrite-dir
5286 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5287 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5288 @end table
5289
5290 @node Keep Old Files
5291 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5292
5293 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5294 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5295
5296 @table @option
5297 @opindex keep-old-files
5298 @item --keep-old-files
5299 @itemx -k
5300 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5301 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5302 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5303
5304 @item --skip-old-files
5305 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5306 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5307 @command{tar} exit status.
5308
5309 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5310 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5311 @end table
5312
5313 @node Keep Newer Files
5314 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5315
5316 @table @option
5317 @opindex keep-newer-files
5318 @item --keep-newer-files
5319 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5320 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5321 @end table
5322
5323 @node Unlink First
5324 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5325
5326 @table @option
5327 @opindex unlink-first
5328 @item --unlink-first
5329 @itemx -U
5330 Remove files before extracting over them.
5331 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5332 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5333 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5334 @end table
5335
5336 @node Recursive Unlink
5337 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5338
5339 @table @option
5340 @opindex recursive-unlink
5341 @item --recursive-unlink
5342 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5343 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5344 @end table
5345
5346 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5347 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5348 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5349 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5350
5351 @node Data Modification Times
5352 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5353
5354 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5355 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5356 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5357 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5358 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5359 setting.
5360
5361 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5362 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5363 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5364
5365 @table @option
5366 @opindex touch
5367 @item --touch
5368 @itemx -m
5369 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5370 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5371 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5372 @end table
5373
5374 @node Setting Access Permissions
5375 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5376
5377 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5378 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5379 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5380 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5381 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5382 @option{-x}) operation.
5383
5384 @table @option
5385 @opindex preserve-permissions
5386 @opindex same-permissions
5387 @item --preserve-permissions
5388 @itemx --same-permissions
5389 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5390 @itemx -p
5391 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5392 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5393 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5394 @end table
5395
5396 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5397 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5398
5399 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5400 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5401 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5402 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5403 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5404 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5405 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5406 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5407 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5408 restores directories using the following approach.
5409
5410 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5411 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5412 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5413 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5414 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5415 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5416 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5417 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5418 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5419 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5420 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5421 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5422 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5423 subdirectories in that directory.
5424
5425 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5426 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5427 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5428 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5429 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5430 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5431 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5432 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5433 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5434
5435 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5436 too. Consider the following example:
5437
5438 @smallexample
5439 @group
5440 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5441 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5442 foo/
5443 foo/file1
5444 bar/
5445 bar/file
5446 foo/file2
5447 @end group
5448 @end smallexample
5449
5450 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5451 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5452 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5453 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5454 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5455
5456 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5457 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5458
5459 @table @option
5460 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5461 @item --delay-directory-restore
5462 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5463 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5464 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5465 ordering.
5466
5467 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5468 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5469 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5470 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5471 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5472 temporarily disable it.
5473 @end table
5474
5475 @node Writing to Standard Output
5476 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5477
5478 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5479 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5480 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5481 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5482 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5483 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5484 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5485 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5486 found in the archive.
5487
5488 @table @option
5489 @opindex to-stdout
5490 @item --to-stdout
5491 @itemx -O
5492 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5493 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5494 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5495 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5496 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5497 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5498 (@option{-t}).
5499 @end table
5500
5501 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5502 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5503 it. You can use a command like this:
5504
5505 @smallexample
5506 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5507 @end smallexample
5508
5509 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5510
5511 @smallexample
5512 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5513 @end smallexample
5514
5515 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5516 multiple files. See the next section.
5517
5518 @node Writing to an External Program
5519 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5520
5521 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5522 file to the standard input of an external program:
5523
5524 @table @option
5525 @opindex to-command
5526 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5527 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5528 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5529 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5530 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5531 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5532 for more detail).
5533
5534 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5535 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5536 option is used.
5537 @end table
5538
5539 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5540 from the following environment variables:
5541
5542 @table @env
5543 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5544 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5545 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5546
5547 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5548 @item f @tab Regular file
5549 @item d @tab Directory
5550 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5551 @item h @tab Hard link
5552 @item b @tab Block device
5553 @item c @tab Character device
5554 @end multitable
5555
5556 Currently only regular files are supported.
5557
5558 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5559 @item TAR_MODE
5560 File mode, an octal number.
5561
5562 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5563 @item TAR_FILENAME
5564 The name of the file.
5565
5566 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5567 @item TAR_REALNAME
5568 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5569
5570 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5571 @item TAR_UNAME
5572 Name of the file owner.
5573
5574 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5575 @item TAR_GNAME
5576 Name of the file owner group.
5577
5578 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5579 @item TAR_ATIME
5580 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5581 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5582 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5583 decimal point.
5584
5585 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5586 @item TAR_MTIME
5587 Time of last modification.
5588
5589 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5590 @item TAR_CTIME
5591 Time of last status change.
5592
5593 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5594 @item TAR_SIZE
5595 Size of the file.
5596
5597 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5598 @item TAR_UID
5599 UID of the file owner.
5600
5601 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5602 @item TAR_GID
5603 GID of the file owner.
5604 @end table
5605
5606 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5607 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5608
5609 @table @env
5610 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5611 @item TAR_VERSION
5612 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5613
5614 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5615 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5616 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5617
5618 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5619 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5620 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5621
5622 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5623 @item TAR_VOLUME
5624 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5625
5626 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5627 @item TAR_FORMAT
5628 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5629 list of archive format names.
5630 @end table
5631
5632 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5633 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5634 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5635 could do:
5636
5637 @smallexample
5638 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5639 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5640 @end smallexample
5641
5642 @noindent
5643 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5644 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5645
5646 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5647 an error message similar to the following:
5648
5649 @smallexample
5650 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5651 @end smallexample
5652
5653 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5654
5655 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5656
5657 @table @option
5658 @opindex ignore-command-error
5659 @item --ignore-command-error
5660 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5661 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5662 will be printed even if this option is used.
5663
5664 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5665 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5666 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5667 option. This option is useful if you have set
5668 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5669 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5670 @end table
5671
5672 @node remove files
5673 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5674
5675 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5676 maybe?}
5677
5678 @table @option
5679 @opindex remove-files
5680 @item --remove-files
5681 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5682 @end table
5683
5684 @node Scarce
5685 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5686 @UNREVISED
5687
5688 @cindex Small memory
5689 @cindex Running out of space
5690
5691 @menu
5692 * Starting File::
5693 * Same Order::
5694 @end menu
5695
5696 @node Starting File
5697 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5698
5699 @table @option
5700 @opindex starting-file
5701 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5702 @itemx -K @var{name}
5703 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5704 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5705 @end table
5706
5707 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5708 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5709 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5710 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5711 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5712 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5713 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5714 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5715 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5716 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5717
5718 @node Same Order
5719 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5720
5721 @table @option
5722 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5723 @opindex same-order
5724 @opindex preserve-order
5725 @item --same-order
5726 @itemx --preserve-order
5727 @itemx -s
5728 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5729 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5730 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5731 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5732 @end table
5733
5734 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5735 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5736 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5737 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5738 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5739 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5740
5741 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5742
5743 @node backup
5744 @section Backup options
5745
5746 @cindex backup options
5747
5748 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5749 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5750 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5751 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5752 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5753 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5754
5755 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5756 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5757 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5758 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5759 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5760 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5761 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5762 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5763 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5764 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5765
5766 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5767 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5768 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5769 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5770 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5771 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5772 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5773 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5774 refers to a remote file.
5775
5776 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5777 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5778 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5779 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5780 file are kept.
5781
5782 @table @samp
5783 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5784 @opindex backup
5785 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5786 @cindex backups
5787 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5788 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5789
5790 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5791 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5792 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5793 use the @samp{existing} method.
5794
5795 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5796 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5797 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5798 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5799
5800 @table @samp
5801 @item t
5802 @itemx numbered
5803 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5804 Always make numbered backups.
5805
5806 @item nil
5807 @itemx existing
5808 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5809 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5810 of the others.
5811
5812 @item never
5813 @itemx simple
5814 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5815 Always make simple backups.
5816
5817 @end table
5818
5819 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5820 @opindex suffix
5821 @cindex backup suffix
5822 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5823 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5824 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5825 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5826 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5827
5828 @end table
5829
5830 @node Applications
5831 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5832 @UNREVISED
5833
5834 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5835 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5836 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5837
5838 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5839
5840 @findex uuencode
5841 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5842 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5843 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5844 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5845 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5846 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5847 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5848 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5849
5850 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5851 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5852 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5853 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
5854
5855 @smallexample
5856 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5857 @end smallexample
5858
5859 @noindent
5860 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5861
5862 @smallexample
5863 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5864 @end smallexample
5865
5866 @noindent
5867 The command also works using long option forms:
5868
5869 @smallexample
5870 @group
5871 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5872 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5873 @end group
5874 @end smallexample
5875
5876 @noindent
5877 or
5878
5879 @smallexample
5880 @group
5881 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
5882 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5883 @end group
5884 @end smallexample
5885
5886 @noindent
5887 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5888
5889 @node looking ahead
5890 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5891
5892 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5893 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5894 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5895 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5896 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5897 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5898 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5899 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5900 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5901 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5902
5903 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5904 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5905 @xref{files}.
5906
5907 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5908 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5909
5910 @node Backups
5911 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5912 @cindex backups
5913
5914 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
5915 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
5916 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5917 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
5918 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5919
5920 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5921 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5922 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5923 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
5924
5925 @FIXME{
5926
5927 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5928 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5929 distribution.
5930
5931 @itemize @bullet
5932 @item dumps
5933 @itemize @minus
5934 @item what are dumps
5935 @item different levels of dumps
5936 @itemize +
5937 @item full dump = dump everything
5938 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5939 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5940 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5941 @end itemize
5942 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5943 @itemize +
5944 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5945 @end itemize
5946 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5947 @itemize +
5948 @item how to customize
5949 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5950 @end itemize
5951 @item Problems
5952 @itemize +
5953 @item rsh doesn't work
5954 @item rtape isn't installed
5955 @item (others?)
5956 @end itemize
5957 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5958 @item tapes
5959 @itemize +
5960 @item write protection
5961 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5962 @item files and tape marks
5963 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5964 @item positioning the tape
5965 MT writes two at end of write,
5966 backspaces over one when writing again.
5967 @end itemize
5968 @end itemize
5969 @end itemize
5970 }
5971
5972 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5973 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5974
5975 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5976 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5977 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5978 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5979 called @dfn{dumps}.
5980
5981 @menu
5982 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5983 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5984 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5985 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5986 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5987 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5988 @end menu
5989
5990 @node Full Dumps
5991 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5992 @UNREVISED
5993
5994 @cindex full dumps
5995 @cindex dumps, full
5996
5997 @cindex corrupted archives
5998 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5999 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6000 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6001 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6002 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6003 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6004
6005 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6006 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6007 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6008 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6009
6010 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6011 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6012 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6013
6014 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6015 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6016 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6017 (sub)directories.
6018
6019 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6020 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6021 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6022 done onto a completely
6023 empty disk.
6024
6025 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6026 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6027 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6028 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6029 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6030 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6031
6032 @node Incremental Dumps
6033 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6034
6035 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6036 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6037 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6038
6039 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6040 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6041 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6042
6043 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6044 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6045 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6046 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6047 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6048 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6049 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6050 to the option:
6051
6052 @table @option
6053 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6054 @itemx -g @var{file}
6055 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6056 @end table
6057
6058 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6059 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6060 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6061
6062 @smallexample
6063 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6064 --file=archive.1.tar \
6065 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6066 /usr}
6067 @end smallexample
6068
6069 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6070 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6071 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6072 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6073 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6074
6075 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6076 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6077 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6078 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6079 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6080
6081 @smallexample
6082 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6083 /usr/local/db/data
6084 /usr/local/db/index
6085 @end smallexample
6086
6087 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6088 then see:
6089
6090 @smallexample
6091 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6092 --file=archive.2.tar \
6093 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6094 /usr}
6095 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6096 usr/local/db/
6097 usr/local/db/data
6098 usr/local/db/index
6099 @end smallexample
6100
6101 @noindent
6102 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6103 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6104 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6105 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6106 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6107 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6108
6109 @smallexample
6110 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6111 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6112 --file=archive.2.tar \
6113 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6114 /usr}
6115 @end smallexample
6116
6117 @anchor{--level=0}
6118 @xopindex{level, described}
6119 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6120 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6121 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6122
6123 @smallexample
6124 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6125 --file=archive.2.tar \
6126 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6127 --level=0 \
6128 /usr}
6129 @end smallexample
6130
6131 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6132 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6133 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6134 backwards.
6135
6136 @anchor{device numbers}
6137 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6138 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6139 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6140 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6141 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6142 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6143 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6144 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6145 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6146 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6147
6148 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6149 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6150 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6151 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6152
6153 @table @option
6154 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6155 @item --no-check-device
6156 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6157 for an incremental dump.
6158
6159 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6160 @item --check-device
6161 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6162 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6163 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6164 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6165 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6166 @end table
6167
6168 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6169 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6170
6171 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6172 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6173
6174 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6175 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6176 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6177 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6178 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6179 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6180 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6181 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6182 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6183 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6184 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6185 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6186 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6187 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6188
6189 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6190 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6191 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6192 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6193 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6194 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6195 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6196 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6197 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6198 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6199 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6200
6201 @smallexample
6202 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6203 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6204 --file archive.1.tar}
6205 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6206 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6207 --file archive.2.tar}
6208 @end smallexample
6209
6210 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6211 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6212 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6213 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6214 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6215 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6216 scripts.
6217
6218 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6219 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6220 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6221 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6222 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6223 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6224 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6225 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6226 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6227 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6228
6229 @smallexample
6230 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6231 @end smallexample
6232
6233 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6234 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6235 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6236 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6237
6238 @smallexample
6239 @var{x} @var{file}
6240 @end smallexample
6241
6242 @noindent
6243 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6244 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6245 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6246 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6247 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6248 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6249 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6250
6251 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6252 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6253 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6254 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6255 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6256 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6257
6258 @node Backup Levels
6259 @section Levels of Backups
6260
6261 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6262 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6263 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6264 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6265 are daily re-archived.
6266
6267 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6268 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6269 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6270 dump.
6271
6272 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6273 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6274 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6275 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6276 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6277 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6278 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6279 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6280
6281 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6282 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6283 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6284 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6285 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6286
6287 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6288 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6289 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6290 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6291 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6292 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6293
6294 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6295 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6296 their use in detail.
6297
6298 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6299 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6300 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6301 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6302 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6303 making such an attempt.
6304
6305 @node Backup Parameters
6306 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6307
6308 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6309 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6310 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6311 before using these scripts.
6312
6313 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6314 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6315 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6316 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6317 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6318 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6319 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6320 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6321
6322 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6323 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6324
6325 @menu
6326 * General-Purpose Variables::
6327 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6328 * User Hooks::
6329 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6330 @end menu
6331
6332 @node General-Purpose Variables
6333 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6334
6335 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6336 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6337 sends a backup report to this address.
6338 @end defvr
6339
6340 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6341 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6342 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6343 or the string @samp{now}.
6344
6345 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6346 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6347 @end defvr
6348
6349 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6350
6351 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6352 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6353 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6354 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6355 invocations of @command{mt}.
6356 @end defvr
6357
6358 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6359
6360 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6361 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6362 @end defvr
6363
6364 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6365
6366 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6367 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6368 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6369 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6370 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6371
6372 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6373 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6374 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6375 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6376 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6377 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6378 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6379 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6380 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6381
6382 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6383 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6384 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6385 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6386 @end defvr
6387
6388 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6389
6390 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6391 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6392 @end defvr
6393
6394 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6395
6396 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6397 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6398 which the backup script is run.
6399
6400 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6401 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6402 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6403 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6404 @end defvr
6405
6406 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6407
6408 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6409 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6410 @end defvr
6411
6412 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6413
6414 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6415 @end defvr
6416
6417 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6418 @anchor{RSH}
6419 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6420 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6421 to use public key authentication.
6422 @end defvr
6423
6424 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6425
6426 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6427 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6428 of @GNUTAR{}.
6429 @end defvr
6430
6431 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6432
6433 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6434 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6435 @end defvr
6436
6437 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6438
6439 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6440 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6441 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6442 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6443 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6444 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6445
6446 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6447 @end defvr
6448
6449 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6450
6451 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6452
6453 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6454 @end defvr
6455
6456 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6457
6458 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6459 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6460 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6461 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6462 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6463
6464 @end defvr
6465
6466 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6467
6468 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6469 this will just be some literal text.
6470 @end defvr
6471
6472 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6473
6474 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6475 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6476 @end defvr
6477
6478 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6479 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6480
6481 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6482 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6483 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6484
6485 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6486 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6487 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6488
6489 @smallexample
6490 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6491
6492 mt_begin() @{
6493 mt -f "$1" retension
6494 @}
6495 @end smallexample
6496 @end defvr
6497
6498 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6499 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6500 follows:
6501
6502 @smallexample
6503 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6504
6505 mt_rewind() @{
6506 mt -f "$1" rewind
6507 @}
6508 @end smallexample
6509
6510 @end defvr
6511
6512 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6513 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6514 it is defined as follows:
6515
6516 @smallexample
6517 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6518
6519 mt_offline() @{
6520 mt -f "$1" offl
6521 @}
6522 @end smallexample
6523 @end defvr
6524
6525 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6526 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6527 including error count. Default definition:
6528
6529 @smallexample
6530 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6531
6532 mt_status() @{
6533 mt -f "$1" status
6534 @}
6535 @end smallexample
6536 @end defvr
6537
6538 @node User Hooks
6539 @subsection User Hooks
6540
6541 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6542 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6543 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6544 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6545 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6546 taking four arguments:
6547
6548 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6549 Its arguments are:
6550
6551 @table @var
6552 @item level
6553 Current backup or restore level.
6554
6555 @item host
6556 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6557
6558 @item fs
6559 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6560
6561 @item fsname
6562 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6563 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6564 @end table
6565 @end deffn
6566
6567 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6568
6569 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6570 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6571 @end defvr
6572
6573 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6574 Executed after dumping the file system.
6575 @end defvr
6576
6577 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6578 Executed before restoring the file system.
6579 @end defvr
6580
6581 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6582 Executed after restoring the file system.
6583 @end defvr
6584
6585 @node backup-specs example
6586 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6587
6588 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6589
6590 @smallexample
6591 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6592
6593 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6594 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6595 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6596
6597 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6598 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6599 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6600
6601 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6602 my_status() @{
6603 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6604 @}
6605 MT_STATUS=my_status
6606
6607 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6608 MT_OFFLINE=:
6609
6610 BLOCKING=124
6611 BACKUP_DIRS="
6612 albert:/fs/fsf
6613 apple-gunkies:/gd
6614 albert:/fs/gd2
6615 albert:/fs/gp
6616 geech:/usr/jla
6617 churchy:/usr/roland
6618 albert:/
6619 albert:/usr
6620 apple-gunkies:/
6621 apple-gunkies:/usr
6622 gnu:/hack
6623 gnu:/u
6624 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6625 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6626
6627 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6628
6629 @end smallexample
6630
6631 @node Scripted Backups
6632 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6633
6634 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6635
6636 @smallexample
6637 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6638 @end smallexample
6639
6640 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6641 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6642 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6643 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6644 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6645 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6646 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6647 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6648 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6649 create a level one dump.}.
6650
6651 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6652 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6653
6654 @table @asis
6655 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6656
6657 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6658
6659 @item @var{hh}
6660
6661 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6662
6663 @item now
6664
6665 The dump must be run immediately.
6666 @end table
6667
6668 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6669 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6670 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6671 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6672 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6673 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6674 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6675 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6676 Restoration}).
6677
6678 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6679 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6680 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6681 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6682 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6683 file.
6684
6685 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6686 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6687 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6688 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6689 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6690 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6691 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6692
6693 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6694 standard output.
6695
6696 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6697 script:
6698
6699 @table @option
6700 @item -l @var{level}
6701 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6702 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6703
6704 @item -f
6705 @itemx --force
6706 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6707
6708 @item -v[@var{level}]
6709 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6710 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6711 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6712 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6713
6714 @item -t @var{start-time}
6715 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6716 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6717
6718 @item -h
6719 @itemx --help
6720 Display short help message and exit.
6721
6722 @item -V
6723 @itemx --version
6724 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6725 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6726 @end table
6727
6728
6729 @node Scripted Restoration
6730 @section Using the Restore Script
6731
6732 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6733 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6734 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6735 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6736 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6737
6738 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6739 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6740 line. For example, running
6741
6742 @smallexample
6743 restore 'albert:*'
6744 @end smallexample
6745
6746 @noindent
6747 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6748 complicated example:
6749
6750 @smallexample
6751 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6752 @end smallexample
6753
6754 @noindent
6755 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6756 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6757
6758 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6759 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6760 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6761 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6762 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6763 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6764
6765 @smallexample
6766 restore --level=1
6767 @end smallexample
6768
6769 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6770
6771 @table @option
6772 @item -a
6773 @itemx --all
6774 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6775
6776 @item -l @var{level}
6777 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6778 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6779
6780 @item -v[@var{level}]
6781 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6782 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6783 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6784 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6785
6786 @item -h
6787 @itemx --help
6788 Display short help message and exit.
6789
6790 @item -V
6791 @itemx --version
6792 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6793 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6794 @end table
6795
6796 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6797 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6798 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6799 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6800 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6801 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6802 positioning.
6803
6804 @quotation
6805 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6806 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6807 @end quotation
6808
6809 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6810 that determination.
6811
6812 @node Choosing
6813 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6814
6815 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6816 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6817 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6818 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6819 are in specified directories.
6820
6821 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6822
6823 @menu
6824 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6825 * Selecting Archive Members::
6826 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6827 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6828 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6829 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6830 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6831 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6832 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6833 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6834 @end menu
6835
6836 @node file
6837 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6838
6839 @cindex Naming an archive
6840 @cindex Archive Name
6841 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6842 @cindex Where is the archive?
6843 @opindex file
6844 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6845 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6846 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6847 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6848 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6849 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6850 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6851 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6852 instead of the default archive file location.
6853
6854 @table @option
6855 @xopindex{file, short description}
6856 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6857 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6858 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6859 any operation.
6860 @end table
6861
6862 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6863
6864 @smallexample
6865 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6866 @end smallexample
6867
6868 @noindent
6869 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6870 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6871 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6872 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6873 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6874 for the archive name.
6875
6876 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6877 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6878 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6879
6880 @cindex Writing new archives
6881 @cindex Archive creation
6882 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6883 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6884 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6885 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6886
6887 @cindex Standard input and output
6888 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6889 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6890 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6891 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6892 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6893 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6894 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6895
6896 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6897 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6898
6899 @smallexample
6900 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6901 @end smallexample
6902
6903 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6904
6905 @smallexample
6906 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6907 @end smallexample
6908
6909 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6910 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6911 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6912 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6913 of the extracted files.
6914
6915 @cindex Remote devices
6916 @cindex tar to a remote device
6917 @anchor{remote-dev}
6918 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6919 use the following:
6920
6921 @smallexample
6922 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6923 @end smallexample
6924
6925 @noindent
6926 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
6927 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
6928 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6929 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
6930 as the username on the remote machine.
6931
6932 @cindex Local and remote archives
6933 @anchor{local and remote archives}
6934 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6935 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
6936 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6937 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6938 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
6939 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6940 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
6941 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6942 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
6943 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6944 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
6945 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6946 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6947 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6948
6949 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6950 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
6951 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6952 uses this feature.
6953
6954 @node Selecting Archive Members
6955 @section Selecting Archive Members
6956 @cindex Specifying files to act on
6957 @cindex Specifying archive members
6958
6959 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6960 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6961 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6962 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
6963
6964 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6965 the command line, as follows:
6966 @smallexample
6967 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6968 @end smallexample
6969
6970 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6971 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6972 option.
6973
6974 @anchor{input name quoting}
6975 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
6976 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
6977 table:
6978
6979 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
6980 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
6981 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
6982 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
6983 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
6984 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
6985 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
6986 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
6987 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
6988 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
6989 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
6990 of up to 3 digits)
6991 @end multitable
6992
6993 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
6994
6995 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
6996 option:
6997
6998 @table @option
6999 @opindex unquote
7000 @item --unquote
7001 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7002
7003 @opindex no-unquote
7004 @item --no-unquote
7005 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7006 @end table
7007
7008 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7009 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7010
7011 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7012 on the operation mode as described below:
7013
7014 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7015 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7016
7017 @smallexample
7018 @group
7019 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7020 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7021 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7022 @end group
7023 @end smallexample
7024
7025 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7026 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7027 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7028
7029 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7030 the contents of the current working directory.
7031
7032 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7033
7034 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7035 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7036 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7037 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7038 of files and archive members.
7039
7040 @node files
7041 @section Reading Names from a File
7042
7043 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7044 @cindex Lists of file names
7045 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7046 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7047 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7048 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7049 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7050 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7051 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7052 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7053 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7054 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7055
7056 @table @option
7057 @opindex files-from
7058 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7059 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7060 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7061 @end table
7062
7063 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7064 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7065 names are read from standard input.
7066
7067 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7068 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7069 command.
7070
7071 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7072
7073 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7074 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7075 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7076 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7077 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7078 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7079 more information.)
7080
7081 @smallexample
7082 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7083 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7084 @end smallexample
7085
7086 @noindent
7087 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7088 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7089 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7090 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7091 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7092 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7093 specifying @option{-C} option:
7094
7095 @smallexample
7096 @group
7097 $ @kbd{cat list}
7098 -C/etc
7099 passwd
7100 hosts
7101 -C/lib
7102 libc.a
7103 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7104 @end group
7105 @end smallexample
7106
7107 @noindent
7108 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7109 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7110 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7111 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7112 contain:
7113
7114 @smallexample
7115 @group
7116 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7117 passwd
7118 hosts
7119 libc.a
7120 @end group
7121 @end smallexample
7122
7123 @noindent
7124 @xopindex{directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument}
7125 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
7126 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
7127 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
7128
7129 @itemize @bullet
7130 @item
7131 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
7132 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
7133 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
7134
7135 @item
7136 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
7137 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
7138 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
7139
7140 @item
7141 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
7142 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
7143
7144 @smallexample
7145 @group
7146 --directory
7147 dir
7148 @end group
7149 @end smallexample
7150
7151 @noindent
7152 and
7153
7154 @smallexample
7155 @group
7156 -C
7157 dir
7158 @end group
7159 @end smallexample
7160 @end itemize
7161
7162 @opindex add-file
7163 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7164 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7165 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7166
7167 @menu
7168 * nul::
7169 @end menu
7170
7171 @node nul
7172 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7173
7174 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7175 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7176 The @option{--null} option causes
7177 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7178 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7179 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7180 @option{--files-from}.
7181
7182 @table @option
7183 @xopindex{null, described}
7184 @item --null
7185 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7186 terminate in a newline.
7187
7188 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7189 @item --no-null
7190 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7191 @end table
7192
7193 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7194 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7195 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7196 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7197 file names that begin with dash.
7198
7199 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7200 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7201 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7202 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7203 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7204 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7205 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7206 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7207 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7208
7209 @smallexample
7210 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7211 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7212 @end smallexample
7213
7214 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7215 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7216 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7217 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7218
7219 @smallexample
7220 @group
7221 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7222 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7223 @end group
7224 @end smallexample
7225
7226 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7227 very long lines.
7228
7229 @GNUTAR is able to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file lists, so
7230 it is safe to use them even without the @option{--null} option. In
7231 this case @command{tar} will print a warning and continue reading such
7232 a file as if @option{--null} were actually given:
7233
7234 @smallexample
7235 @group
7236 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7237 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7238 @end group
7239 @end smallexample
7240
7241 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7242 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7243 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7244 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7245
7246 @node exclude
7247 @section Excluding Some Files
7248
7249 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7250 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7251 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7252 @opindex exclude
7253 @opindex exclude-from
7254 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7255 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7256
7257 @table @option
7258 @opindex exclude
7259 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7260 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7261 @end table
7262
7263 @findex exclude
7264 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7265 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7266 being operated on.
7267 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7268 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7269 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7270
7271 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7272
7273 @table @option
7274 @opindex exclude-from
7275 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7276 @itemx -X @var{file}
7277 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7278 @var{file}.
7279 @end table
7280
7281 @findex exclude-from
7282 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7283 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7284 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7285 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7286 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7287 added to the archive.
7288
7289 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7290 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7291 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7292
7293 However, empty lines are OK.
7294
7295 @table @option
7296 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7297 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7298 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7299 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7300 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7301 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7302 @cindex git, excluding files
7303 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7304 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7305 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7306 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7307 @opindex exclude-vcs
7308 @item --exclude-vcs
7309 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7310 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7311 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7312
7313 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7314
7315 @itemize @bullet
7316 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7317 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7318 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7319 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7320 @item @file{.gitignore}
7321 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7322 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7323 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7324 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7325 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7326 @item @file{=meta-update}
7327 @item @file{=update}
7328 @item @file{.bzr}
7329 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7330 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7331 @item @file{.hg}
7332 @item @file{.hgignore}
7333 @item @file{.hgrags}
7334 @item @file{_darcs}
7335 @end itemize
7336
7337 @opindex exclude-backups
7338 @item --exclude-backups
7339 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7340 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7341
7342 @table @asis
7343 @item .#*
7344 @item *~
7345 @item #*#
7346 @end table
7347
7348 @end table
7349
7350 @findex exclude-caches
7351 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7352 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7353 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7354 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7355 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7356 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7357 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7358 more easily excluded from backups.
7359
7360 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7361 exclusion semantics:
7362
7363 @table @option
7364 @opindex exclude-caches
7365 @item --exclude-caches
7366 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7367 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7368
7369 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7370 @item --exclude-caches-under
7371 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7372 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7373
7374 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7375 @item --exclude-caches-all
7376 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7377 @end table
7378
7379 @findex exclude-tag
7380 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7381 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7382 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7383 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7384 option family:
7385
7386 @table @option
7387 @opindex exclude-tag
7388 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7389 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7390 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7391
7392 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7393 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7394 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7395 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7396
7397 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7398 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7399 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7400 @end table
7401
7402 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7403
7404 For example, given this directory:
7405
7406 @smallexample
7407 @group
7408 $ @kbd{find dir}
7409 dir
7410 dir/blues
7411 dir/jazz
7412 dir/folk
7413 dir/folk/tagfile
7414 dir/folk/sanjuan
7415 dir/folk/trote
7416 @end group
7417 @end smallexample
7418
7419 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7420
7421 @smallexample
7422 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7423 dir/
7424 dir/blues
7425 dir/jazz
7426 dir/folk/
7427 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7428 contents not dumped
7429 dir/folk/tagfile
7430 @end smallexample
7431
7432 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7433 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7434
7435 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7436 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7437 itself, as shown in this example:
7438
7439 @smallexample
7440 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7441 dir/
7442 dir/blues
7443 dir/jazz
7444 dir/folk/
7445 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7446 contents not dumped
7447 @end smallexample
7448
7449 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7450 directory entirely:
7451
7452 @smallexample
7453 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7454 dir/
7455 dir/blues
7456 dir/jazz
7457 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7458 directory not dumped
7459 @end smallexample
7460
7461 @menu
7462 * problems with exclude::
7463 @end menu
7464
7465 @node problems with exclude
7466 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7467
7468 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7469 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7470 pitfalls:
7471
7472 @itemize @bullet
7473 @item
7474 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7475 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7476 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7477 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7478 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7479 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7480
7481 @item
7482 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7483 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7484 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7485 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7486 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7487 zero, one, or many files.
7488
7489 @item
7490 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7491 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7492 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7493 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7494 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7495 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7496
7497 For example, write:
7498
7499 @smallexample
7500 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7501 @end smallexample
7502
7503 @noindent
7504 rather than:
7505
7506 @smallexample
7507 # @emph{Wrong!}
7508 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7509 @end smallexample
7510
7511 @item
7512 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7513 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7514 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7515 might fail.
7516
7517 @item
7518 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7519 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7520 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7521 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7522 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7523 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7524 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7525 file.
7526
7527 @end itemize
7528
7529 @node wildcards
7530 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7531
7532 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7533 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7534 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7535 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7536 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7537 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7538 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7539
7540 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7541
7542 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7543 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7544 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7545 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7546 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7547 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7548 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7549 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7550 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7551
7552 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7553 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7554 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7555 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7556 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7557 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7558 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7559 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7560 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7561 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7562
7563 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7564 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7565 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7566 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7567 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7568 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7569
7570 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7571 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7572 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7573 @var{e}, inclusive.
7574
7575 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7576 who don't have dan around.}
7577
7578 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7579 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7580 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7581 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7582
7583 @menu
7584 * controlling pattern-matching::
7585 @end menu
7586
7587 @node controlling pattern-matching
7588 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7589
7590 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7591 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7592 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7593 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7594 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7595
7596 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7597 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7598 @option{--update}.
7599
7600 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7601 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7602 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7603
7604 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7605 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7606 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7607 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7608 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7609 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7610
7611 @smallexample
7612 @group
7613 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7614 a.c
7615 b.c
7616 a.txt
7617 [remarks]
7618 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7619 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7620 [remarks]
7621 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7622 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7623 a.txt
7624 [remarks]
7625 @end group
7626 @end smallexample
7627
7628 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7629
7630 @table @option
7631 @opindex wildcards
7632 @item --wildcards
7633 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7634
7635 @opindex no-wildcards
7636 @item --no-wildcards
7637 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7638 @end table
7639
7640 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7641
7642 @smallexample
7643 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7644 a.c
7645 b.c
7646 @end smallexample
7647
7648 @noindent
7649 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7650 it.
7651
7652 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7653 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7654 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7655 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7656
7657 @smallexample
7658 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7659 @end smallexample
7660
7661 @noindent
7662 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7663 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7664
7665 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7666 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7667 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7668 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7669
7670 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7671 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7672 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7673 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7674
7675 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7676 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7677
7678 @smallexample
7679 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7680 @end smallexample
7681
7682 @noindent
7683 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7684 @samp{readme}.
7685
7686 @table @option
7687 @opindex anchored
7688 @opindex no-anchored
7689 @item --anchored
7690 @itemx --no-anchored
7691 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7692 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7693 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7694 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7695
7696 @opindex ignore-case
7697 @opindex no-ignore-case
7698 @item --ignore-case
7699 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7700 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7701 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7702
7703 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7704 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7705 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7706 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7707 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7708 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7709 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7710
7711 @end table
7712
7713 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7714 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7715 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7716 the name's parent directories.
7717
7718 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7719
7720 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7721 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7722 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7723 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7724 @end multitable
7725
7726 @node quoting styles
7727 @section Quoting Member Names
7728
7729 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7730 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7731 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7732
7733 @itemize @bullet
7734 @item Non-printable control characters:
7735 @anchor{escape sequences}
7736 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7737 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7738 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7739 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7740 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7741 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7742 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7743 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7744 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7745 @end multitable
7746
7747 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7748
7749 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7750
7751 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7752 @end itemize
7753
7754 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7755 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7756 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7757 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7758 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7759 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7760
7761 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7762 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7763
7764 @table @option
7765 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7766 @opindex quoting-style
7767
7768 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7769 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7770 @end table
7771
7772 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7773 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7774 containing the following members:
7775
7776 @smallexample
7777 @group
7778 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7779 a tab
7780 # 2. Contains newline character
7781 a
7782 newline
7783 # 3. Contains a space
7784 a space
7785 # 4. Contains double quotes
7786 a"double"quote
7787 # 5. Contains single quotes
7788 a'single'quote
7789 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7790 a\backslash
7791 @end group
7792 @end smallexample
7793
7794 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7795 had existed in the current working directory:
7796
7797 @smallexample
7798 @group
7799 $ @kbd{ls}
7800 a\ttab
7801 a\nnewline
7802 a\ space
7803 a"double"quote
7804 a'single'quote
7805 a\\backslash
7806 @end group
7807 @end smallexample
7808
7809 Quoting styles:
7810
7811 @table @samp
7812 @item literal
7813 No quoting, display each character as is:
7814
7815 @smallexample
7816 @group
7817 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7818 ./
7819 ./a space
7820 ./a'single'quote
7821 ./a"double"quote
7822 ./a\backslash
7823 ./a tab
7824 ./a
7825 newline
7826 @end group
7827 @end smallexample
7828
7829 @item shell
7830 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7831 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7832 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7833 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7834 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7835 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7836
7837 @smallexample
7838 @group
7839 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7840 ./
7841 './a space'
7842 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7843 './a"double"quote'
7844 './a\backslash'
7845 './a tab'
7846 './a
7847 newline'
7848 @end group
7849 @end smallexample
7850
7851 @item shell-always
7852 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7853 quotes:
7854
7855 @smallexample
7856 @group
7857 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7858 './'
7859 './a space'
7860 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7861 './a"double"quote'
7862 './a\backslash'
7863 './a tab'
7864 './a
7865 newline'
7866 @end group
7867 @end smallexample
7868
7869 @item c
7870 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7871 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7872 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7873 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7874 spaces are not quoted:
7875
7876 @smallexample
7877 @group
7878 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7879 "./"
7880 "./a space"
7881 "./a'single'quote"
7882 "./a\"double\"quote"
7883 "./a\\backslash"
7884 "./a\ttab"
7885 "./a\nnewline"
7886 @end group
7887 @end smallexample
7888
7889 @item escape
7890 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7891 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7892 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7893 package.
7894
7895 @smallexample
7896 @group
7897 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7898 ./
7899 ./a space
7900 ./a'single'quote
7901 ./a"double"quote
7902 ./a\\backslash
7903 ./a\ttab
7904 ./a\nnewline
7905 @end group
7906 @end smallexample
7907
7908 @item locale
7909 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7910 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7911 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7912 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
7913 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7914 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7915
7916 For example:
7917
7918 @smallexample
7919 @group
7920 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7921 './'
7922 './a space'
7923 './a\'single\'quote'
7924 './a"double"quote'
7925 './a\\backslash'
7926 './a\ttab'
7927 './a\nnewline'
7928 @end group
7929 @end smallexample
7930
7931 @item clocale
7932 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7933 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7934
7935 @smallexample
7936 @group
7937 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7938 "./"
7939 "./a space"
7940 "./a'single'quote"
7941 "./a\"double\"quote"
7942 "./a\\backslash"
7943 "./a\ttab"
7944 "./a\nnewline"
7945 @end group
7946 @end smallexample
7947 @end table
7948
7949 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7950 implied by the current quoting style:
7951
7952 @table @option
7953 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
7954 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
7955 quoting style would not quote them.
7956 @end table
7957
7958 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
7959 escape listing above):
7960
7961 @smallexample
7962 @group
7963 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
7964 ./
7965 ./a\ space
7966 ./a'single'quote
7967 ./a\"double\"quote
7968 ./a\\backslash
7969 ./a\ttab
7970 ./a\nnewline
7971 @end group
7972 @end smallexample
7973
7974 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
7975 option:
7976
7977 @table @option
7978 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
7979 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
7980 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
7981 @end table
7982
7983 This option is particularly useful if you have added
7984 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
7985 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
7986
7987 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
7988 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
7989
7990 @node transform
7991 @section Modifying File and Member Names
7992
7993 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
7994 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
7995 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
7996 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
7997 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
7998 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
7999 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8000
8001 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8002 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8003 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8004 special option for handling them, which is described in
8005 @ref{absolute}.
8006
8007 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8008 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8009 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8010 archive.
8011
8012 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8013
8014 @table @option
8015 @opindex strip-components
8016 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8017 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8018 extraction.
8019 @end table
8020
8021 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8022 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8023 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8024 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8025
8026 @smallexample
8027 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8028 @end smallexample
8029
8030 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8031 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8032 name.
8033
8034 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8035 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8036 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8037 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8038 altering this behavior:
8039
8040 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8041 @table @option
8042 @opindex show-transformed-names
8043 @item --show-transformed-names
8044 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8045 applied.
8046 @end table
8047
8048 @noindent
8049 For example:
8050
8051 @smallexample
8052 @group
8053 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8054 usr/include/stdlib.h
8055 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8056 stdlib.h
8057 @end group
8058 @end smallexample
8059
8060 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8061 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8062 only the way its name is displayed.
8063
8064 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8065 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8066
8067 @smallexample
8068 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8069 @end smallexample
8070
8071 @noindent
8072 it is often advisable to run
8073
8074 @smallexample
8075 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8076 @end smallexample
8077
8078 @noindent
8079 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8080
8081 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8082 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8083
8084 @table @option
8085 @opindex transform
8086 @opindex xform
8087 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8088 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8089 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8090 @end table
8091
8092 @noindent
8093 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8094 form:
8095
8096 @smallexample
8097 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8098 @end smallexample
8099
8100 @noindent
8101 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8102 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8103 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8104 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8105
8106 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8107 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8108 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8109
8110 @smallexample
8111 @group
8112 s/one/two/
8113 s,one,two,
8114 @end group
8115 @end smallexample
8116
8117 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8118 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8119 @code{s/\//-/}.
8120
8121 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8122 separated by a semicolon.
8123
8124 Supported @var{flags} are:
8125
8126 @table @samp
8127 @item g
8128 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8129 just the first.
8130
8131 @item i
8132 Use case-insensitive matching.
8133
8134 @item x
8135 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8136 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8137 sed, GNU sed}).
8138
8139 @item @var{number}
8140 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8141
8142 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8143 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8144 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8145 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8146 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8147 @var{number}th on.
8148
8149 @end table
8150
8151 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8152 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8153
8154 @table @samp
8155 @item r
8156 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8157
8158 @item R
8159 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8160
8161 @item s
8162 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8163
8164 @item S
8165 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8166
8167 @item h
8168 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8169
8170 @item H
8171 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8172 @end table
8173
8174 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8175 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8176
8177 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8178 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8179 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8180 occurs first. For example:
8181
8182 @smallexample
8183 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8184 @end smallexample
8185
8186 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8187
8188 @enumerate
8189 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8190
8191 @smallexample
8192 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8193 @end smallexample
8194
8195 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8196 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8197
8198 @smallexample
8199 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8200 @end smallexample
8201
8202 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8203
8204 @smallexample
8205 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8206 @end smallexample
8207
8208 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8209
8210 @smallexample
8211 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8212 @end smallexample
8213
8214 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8215 to each archive member:
8216
8217 @smallexample
8218 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8219 @end smallexample
8220 @end enumerate
8221
8222 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8223 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8224 It may look, for example, like this:
8225
8226 @smallexample
8227 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8228 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8229 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8230 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8231 ...
8232 @end smallexample
8233
8234 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8235 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8236 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8237
8238 @smallexample
8239 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8240 @end smallexample
8241
8242 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8243 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8244 transformations. The result is:
8245
8246 @smallexample
8247 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8248 --show-transformed /lib}
8249 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8250 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8251 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8252 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8253 @end smallexample
8254
8255 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8256 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8257 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8258 component with @file{var/}:
8259
8260 @smallexample
8261 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8262 @end smallexample
8263
8264 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8265 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8266
8267 @smallexample
8268 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8269 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8270 @end smallexample
8271
8272 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8273 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8274 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8275
8276 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8277 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8278 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8279 are equivalent:
8280
8281 @smallexample
8282 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8283 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8284 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8285 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8286 @end smallexample
8287
8288 @node after
8289 @section Operating Only on New Files
8290
8291 @cindex Excluding file by age
8292 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8293 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8294 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8295 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8296 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8297 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8298 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8299 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8300 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8301 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8302 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8303 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8304
8305 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8306 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8307 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8308
8309 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8310 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8311 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8312 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8313 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8314 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8315
8316 @table @option
8317 @opindex after-date
8318 @opindex newer
8319 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8320 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8321 @itemx -N @var{date}
8322 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8323
8324 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8325 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8326
8327 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8328 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8329
8330 @opindex newer-mtime
8331 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8332 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8333 @end table
8334
8335 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8336 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8337 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8338 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8339 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8340 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8341
8342 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8343 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8344 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8345 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8346 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8347 field.
8348
8349 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8350 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8351 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8352 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8353 contents of the file were looked at).
8354
8355 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8356 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8357 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8358 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8359
8360 @smallexample
8361 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8362 @end smallexample
8363
8364 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8365 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8366 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8367 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8368 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8369 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8370
8371 @smallexample
8372 @group
8373 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8374 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8375 13:19:37.232434
8376 @end group
8377 @end smallexample
8378
8379 @quotation
8380 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8381 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8382 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8383 @end quotation
8384
8385 @node recurse
8386 @section Descending into Directories
8387 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8388 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8389 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8390 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8391
8392 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8393 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8394 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8395 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8396
8397 @opindex no-recursion
8398 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8399 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8400 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8401 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8402 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8403 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8404 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8405 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8406 @command{tar}.
8407
8408 @table @option
8409 @item --no-recursion
8410 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8411
8412 @opindex recursion
8413 @item --recursion
8414 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8415 This is the default.
8416 @end table
8417
8418 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8419 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8420 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8421 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8422 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8423 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8424 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8425 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8426 the files located via @command{find}.
8427
8428 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8429 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8430 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8431 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8432 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8433 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8434 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8435 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8436
8437 @smallexample
8438 @group
8439 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8440 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8441 @end group
8442 @end smallexample
8443
8444 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8445 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8446 the files under those directories.
8447
8448 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8449 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8450
8451 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8452 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8453 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8454
8455 @smallexample
8456 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8457 @end smallexample
8458
8459 @noindent
8460 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8461 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8462 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8463
8464 @node one
8465 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8466 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8467
8468 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8469 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8470 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8471 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8472 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8473 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8474 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8475
8476 @table @option
8477 @opindex one-file-system
8478 @item --one-file-system
8479 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8480 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8481 @end table
8482
8483 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8484 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8485 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8486 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8487 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8488 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8489
8490 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8491 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8492 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8493 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8494
8495 @menu
8496 * directory:: Changing Directory
8497 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8498 @end menu
8499
8500 @node directory
8501 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8502
8503 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8504 things around some.}
8505
8506 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8507 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8508 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8509 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8510 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8511 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8512 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8513 after that point in the list.
8514
8515 @table @option
8516 @opindex directory
8517 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8518 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8519 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8520 @end table
8521
8522 For example,
8523
8524 @smallexample
8525 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8526 @end smallexample
8527
8528 @noindent
8529 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8530 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8531 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8532 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8533 store in the same archive.
8534
8535 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8536 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8537 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8538 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8539 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8540
8541 Contrast this with the command,
8542
8543 @smallexample
8544 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8545 @end smallexample
8546
8547 @noindent
8548 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8549 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8550 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8551 named @file{red}.
8552
8553 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8554 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8555 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8556 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8557 @file{foo.tar}:
8558
8559 @smallexample
8560 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8561 @end smallexample
8562
8563 @noindent
8564 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8565 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8566 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8567 directories where those files were located.
8568
8569 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8570 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8571 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8572 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8573 @option{--directory} option.
8574
8575 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8576 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8577 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8578 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8579 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8580 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8581 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8582
8583 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8584
8585 @smallexample
8586 @group
8587 -C/etc
8588 passwd
8589 hosts
8590 --directory=/lib
8591 libc.a
8592 @end group
8593 @end smallexample
8594
8595 @noindent
8596 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8597
8598 @smallexample
8599 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8600 @end smallexample
8601
8602 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8603 @option{--null} option.
8604
8605 @node absolute
8606 @subsection Absolute File Names
8607 @cindex absolute file names
8608 @cindex file names, absolute
8609
8610 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8611 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8612 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8613
8614 @table @option
8615 @opindex absolute-names
8616 @item --absolute-names
8617 @itemx -P
8618 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8619 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8620 @end table
8621
8622 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8623 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8624 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8625 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8626 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8627 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8628 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8629 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8630
8631 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8632 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8633 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8634
8635 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8636 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8637 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8638 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8639 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8640 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8641 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8642 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8643 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8644 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8645 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8646 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8647 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8648
8649 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8650 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8651 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8652
8653 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8654 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8655
8656 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8657 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8658
8659 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8660 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8661 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8662
8663 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8664 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8665 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8666 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8667 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8668 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8669
8670 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8671 to transfer files between systems.}
8672
8673 @table @option
8674 @item --absolute-names
8675 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8676 archiving and extracting files.
8677
8678 @end table
8679
8680 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8681 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8682 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8683 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8684
8685 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8686 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8687 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8688
8689 @smallexample
8690 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8691 @end smallexample
8692
8693 @noindent
8694 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8695 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8696 For example:
8697
8698 @smallexample
8699 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8700 @end smallexample
8701
8702 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8703 of using this option.
8704
8705 @include parse-datetime.texi
8706
8707 @node Formats
8708 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8709
8710 @cindex Tar archive formats
8711 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8712 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8713 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8714
8715 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8716 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8717
8718 @table @asis
8719 @item gnu
8720 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8721 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8722 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8723 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8724 formats.
8725
8726 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8727 length.
8728
8729 @item oldgnu
8730 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8731
8732 @item v7
8733 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8734 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8735 are:
8736
8737 @enumerate
8738 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8739 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8740 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8741 devices, fifos etc.)
8742 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8743 octal)
8744 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8745 and group name of the file owner).
8746 @end enumerate
8747
8748 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8749 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8750 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8751 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8752 Automake prior to 1.9.
8753
8754 @item ustar
8755 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8756 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8757 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8758
8759 @enumerate
8760 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8761 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8762 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8763 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8764 characters.
8765 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8766 100 characters.
8767 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8768 is 8GB
8769 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8770 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8771 @end enumerate
8772
8773 @item star
8774 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8775 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8776 currently does not produce them.
8777
8778 @item posix
8779 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8780 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8781 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8782 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8783 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8784 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8785 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8786 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8787 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8788
8789 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8790 of @GNUTAR{}.
8791
8792 @end table
8793
8794 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8795 formats:
8796
8797 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8798 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8799 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8800 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8801 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8802 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8803 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8804 @end multitable
8805
8806 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8807 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8808 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8809 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8810 switch to @samp{posix}.
8811
8812 @menu
8813 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8814 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8815 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8816 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8817 @end menu
8818
8819 @node Compression
8820 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8821
8822 @menu
8823 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8824 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8825 @end menu
8826
8827 @node gzip
8828 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8829 @cindex Compressed archives
8830 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8831
8832 @cindex gzip
8833 @cindex bzip2
8834 @cindex lzip
8835 @cindex lzma
8836 @cindex lzop
8837 @cindex compress
8838 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8839 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8840 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8841 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8842 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8843 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8844 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8845
8846 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8847 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8848 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8849 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8850 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8851 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8852 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8853 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8854 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8855 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8856 For example:
8857
8858 @smallexample
8859 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
8860 @end smallexample
8861
8862 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
8863 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8864 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8865 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8866 compression:
8867
8868 @smallexample
8869 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
8870 @end smallexample
8871
8872 @noindent
8873 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8874
8875 @smallexample
8876 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
8877 @end smallexample
8878
8879 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8880 see @ref{auto-compress}.
8881
8882 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8883 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8884 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8885 archive created in previous example:
8886
8887 @smallexample
8888 # List the compressed archive
8889 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8890 # Extract the compressed archive
8891 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8892 @end smallexample
8893
8894 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8895 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8896 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8897 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8898 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8899
8900 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
8901 @cindex alternative decompression programs
8902 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
8903 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
8904 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
8905 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
8906 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
8907 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
8908 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
8909 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
8910
8911 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
8912 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
8913 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
8914 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
8915 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
8916 @end multitable
8917
8918 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8919 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8920 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8921 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8922
8923 @smallexample
8924 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8925 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8926 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8927 @end smallexample
8928
8929 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8930 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8931
8932 @smallexample
8933 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
8934 @end smallexample
8935
8936 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
8937 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8938 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
8939 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
8940 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
8941 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8942 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
8943 archives cannot be compressed.
8944
8945 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
8946
8947 @table @option
8948 @opindex gzip
8949 @opindex ungzip
8950 @item -z
8951 @itemx --gzip
8952 @itemx --ungzip
8953 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
8954
8955 @opindex xz
8956 @item -J
8957 @itemx --xz
8958 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
8959
8960 @item -j
8961 @itemx --bzip2
8962 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
8963
8964 @opindex lzip
8965 @item --lzip
8966 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
8967
8968 @opindex lzma
8969 @item --lzma
8970 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
8971
8972 @opindex lzop
8973 @item --lzop
8974 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
8975
8976 @opindex compress
8977 @opindex uncompress
8978 @item -Z
8979 @itemx --compress
8980 @itemx --uncompress
8981 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
8982 @end table
8983
8984 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
8985 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
8986 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
8987 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
8988 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
8989 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
8990
8991 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
8992 compressor names along with each of these options.
8993
8994 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
8995 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
8996 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
8997 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
8998 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
8999 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9000 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9001 @env{GZIP}:
9002
9003 @smallexample
9004 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9005 @end smallexample
9006 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9007 below), e.g.:
9008
9009 @smallexample
9010 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9011 @end smallexample
9012
9013 @noindent
9014 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9015
9016 @smallexample
9017 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9018 @end smallexample
9019
9020 @cindex corrupted archives
9021 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9022 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9023 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9024 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9025 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9026 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9027
9028 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9029 compressed archives. These are:
9030
9031 @table @option
9032 @anchor{auto-compress}
9033 @opindex auto-compress
9034 @item --auto-compress
9035 @itemx -a
9036 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9037 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9038
9039 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9040 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9041 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9042 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9043 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9044 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9045 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9046 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9047 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9048 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9049 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9050 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9051 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9052 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9053 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9054 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9055 @end multitable
9056
9057 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9058 @opindex use-compress-program
9059 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9060 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9061 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9062 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9063 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9064 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9065 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9066 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9067 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9068
9069 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9070
9071 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9072 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9073
9074 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9075 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9076 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9077
9078 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9079 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9080 @end table
9081
9082 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9083 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9084 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9085 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9086 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9087 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9088 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9089 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9090 Manual}). The following script does that:
9091
9092 @smallexample
9093 @group
9094 #! /bin/sh
9095 case $1 in
9096 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9097 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9098 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9099 esac
9100 @end group
9101 @end smallexample
9102
9103 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9104 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9105 archive signed with your private key:
9106
9107 @smallexample
9108 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9109 @end smallexample
9110
9111 @noindent
9112 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9113
9114 @smallexample
9115 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9116 @end smallexample
9117
9118 @ignore
9119 The above is based on the following discussion:
9120
9121 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9122 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9123 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9124 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9125 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9126 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9127 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9128 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9129 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9130 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9131
9132 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9133 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9134 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9135 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9136 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9137
9138 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9139 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9140 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9141 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9142 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9143
9144 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9145 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9146 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9147 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9148 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9149 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9150
9151 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9152 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9153 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9154 end up with less space on the tape.
9155 @end ignore
9156
9157 @menu
9158 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9159 @end menu
9160
9161 @node lbzip2
9162 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9163 @cindex lbzip2
9164 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9165 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9166 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9167 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9168 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9169 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9170 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9171 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9172
9173 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9174 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9175 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9176 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9177 line option, like this:
9178
9179 @smallexample
9180 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9181 @end smallexample
9182
9183 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9184 following:
9185
9186 @smallexample
9187 @group
9188 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9189 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9190 @end group
9191 @end smallexample
9192
9193 @noindent
9194 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9195
9196 @node sparse
9197 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9198 @cindex Sparse Files
9199
9200 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9201 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9202 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9203 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9204 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9205 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9206 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9207 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9208 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9209 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9210 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9211 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9212 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9213 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9214 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9215 won't take more space than the original.
9216
9217 @table @option
9218 @opindex sparse
9219 @item -S
9220 @itemx --sparse
9221 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9222 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9223 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9224 used by its image in the archive.
9225
9226 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9227 has no effect on extraction.
9228 @end table
9229
9230 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9231 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9232 system.
9233
9234 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9235 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9236 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9237 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9238 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9239 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9240
9241 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9242 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9243 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9244 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9245 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9246 the time needed to archive them without it.
9247 @FIXME{A technical note:
9248
9249 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9250 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9251 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9252 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9253 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9254 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9255 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9256 1990-12-10:
9257
9258 @quotation
9259 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9260 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9261 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9262 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9263 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9264 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9265
9266 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9267 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9268 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9269 get it right.
9270 @end quotation
9271 }
9272
9273 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9274 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9275 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9276 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9277 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9278 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9279 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9280 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9281
9282 @table @option
9283 @opindex sparse-version
9284 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9285
9286 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9287 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9288 for a detailed description of each format.
9289 @end table
9290
9291 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9292
9293 @node Attributes
9294 @section Handling File Attributes
9295 @cindex atrributes, files
9296 @cindex file attributes
9297
9298 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9299 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9300 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9301 place.
9302
9303 @table @option
9304 @opindex atime-preserve
9305 @item --atime-preserve
9306 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9307 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9308 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9309 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9310
9311 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9312 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9313 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9314 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9315 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9316 running.
9317
9318 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9319 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9320 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9321 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9322 complains right away.
9323
9324 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9325 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9326 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9327
9328 @opindex touch
9329 @item -m
9330 @itemx --touch
9331 Do not extract data modification time.
9332
9333 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9334 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9335 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9336
9337 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9338
9339 @opindex same-owner
9340 @item --same-owner
9341 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9342 archive.
9343
9344 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9345 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9346 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9347 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9348 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9349 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9350 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9351
9352 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9353 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9354 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9355 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9356 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9357 the archive instead.
9358
9359 @opindex no-same-owner
9360 @item --no-same-owner
9361 @itemx -o
9362 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9363 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9364 only for the superuser.
9365
9366 @opindex numeric-owner
9367 @item --numeric-owner
9368 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9369 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9370 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9371 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9372 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9373
9374 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9375 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9376 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9377 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9378 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9379 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9380 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9381 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9382
9383 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9384 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9385 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9386 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9387 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9388 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9389
9390 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9391 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9392 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9393 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9394 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9395 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9396 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9397 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9398 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9399 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9400 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9401 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9402 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9403 gives you a great deal of control already.
9404
9405 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9406 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9407 @item -p
9408 @itemx --same-permissions
9409 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9410 Extract all protection information.
9411
9412 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9413 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9414 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9415 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9416 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9417
9418
9419 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9420
9421 @opindex preserve
9422 @item --preserve
9423 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9424
9425 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9426
9427 @end table
9428
9429 @node Portability
9430 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9431
9432 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9433 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9434 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9435 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9436 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9437 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9438 archives more portable.
9439
9440 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9441 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9442 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9443 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9444
9445 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9446 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9447
9448 @menu
9449 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9450 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9451 * hard links:: Hard Links
9452 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9453 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9454 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9455 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9456 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9457 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9458 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9459 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9460 @end menu
9461
9462 @node Portable Names
9463 @subsection Portable Names
9464
9465 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9466 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9467 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9468 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9469 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9470 less.
9471
9472 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9473 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9474 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9475 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9476 than System V's.
9477
9478 @node dereference
9479 @subsection Symbolic Links
9480 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9481 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9482
9483 @opindex dereference
9484 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9485 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9486 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9487 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9488 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9489 symbolic links point to, instead of
9490 the links themselves.
9491
9492 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9493 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9494 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9495 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9496
9497 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9498 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9499 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9500 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9501 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9502 Files}.
9503
9504 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9505 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9506
9507 @node hard links
9508 @subsection Hard Links
9509 @cindex File names, using hard links
9510 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9511 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9512
9513 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9514 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9515 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9516 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9517
9518 @smallexample
9519 @group
9520 $ ls -l
9521 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9522 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9523 @end group
9524 @end smallexample
9525
9526 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9527 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9528 the following:
9529
9530 @smallexample
9531 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9532 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9533 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9534 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9535 @end smallexample
9536
9537 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9538 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9539 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9540
9541 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9542 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9543 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9544
9545 @table @option
9546 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9547 @item --check-links
9548 @itemx -l
9549 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9550 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9551 a warning message.
9552 @end table
9553
9554 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9555 produces the following diagnostics:
9556
9557 @smallexample
9558 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9559 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9560 @end smallexample
9561
9562 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9563 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9564 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9565 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9566 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9567 @file{jeden}:
9568
9569 @smallexample
9570 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9571 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9572 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9573 @end smallexample
9574
9575 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9576 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9577 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9578 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9579 use the following option:
9580
9581 @table @option
9582 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9583 @item --hard-dereference
9584 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9585 @end table
9586
9587 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9588 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9589 independently of the other:
9590
9591 @smallexample
9592 @group
9593 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9594 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9595 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9596 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9597 @end group
9598 @end smallexample
9599
9600 @node old
9601 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9602 @cindex Format, old style
9603 @cindex Old style format
9604 @cindex Old style archives
9605 @cindex v7 archive format
9606
9607 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9608 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9609 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9610 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9611 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9612 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9613 option). When you specify it,
9614 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9615 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9616 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9617
9618 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9619 unless the archive was created using this option.
9620
9621 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9622 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9623 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9624 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9625 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9626 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9627 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9628
9629 @node ustar
9630 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9631
9632 @cindex ustar archive format
9633 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9634 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9635 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9636 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9637 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9638 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9639
9640 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9641 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9642
9643 @node gnu
9644 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9645
9646 @cindex GNU archive format
9647 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9648 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9649 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9650 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9651 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9652 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9653 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9654 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9655 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9656 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9657
9658 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9659 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9660 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9661
9662 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9663 @option{--format=gnu}.
9664
9665 @node posix
9666 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9667
9668 @cindex POSIX archive format
9669 @cindex PAX archive format
9670 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9671 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9672
9673 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9674 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9675 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9676 archive.
9677
9678 @menu
9679 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9680 @end menu
9681
9682 @node PAX keywords
9683 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9684
9685 @table @option
9686 @opindex pax-option
9687 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9688 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9689 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9690 @end table
9691
9692 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9693 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9694 the following forms:
9695
9696 @table @code
9697 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9698 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9699 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9700 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9701
9702 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9703 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9704 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9705 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9706 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9707
9708 @smallexample
9709 --pax-option delete=security.*
9710 @end smallexample
9711
9712 would suppress security-related information.
9713
9714 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9715
9716 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9717 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9718 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9719
9720 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9721 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9722 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9723 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9724 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9725 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9726 on the translated file name.
9727 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9728 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9729 @end multitable
9730
9731 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9732 results.
9733
9734 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9735 will use the following default value:
9736
9737 @smallexample
9738 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9739 @end smallexample
9740
9741 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9742
9743 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9744 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9745 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9746 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9747
9748 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9749 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9750 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9751 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9752 the following substitutions:
9753
9754 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9755 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9756 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9757 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9758 starting at 1.
9759 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9760 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9761 @end multitable
9762
9763 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9764
9765 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9766 will use the following default value:
9767
9768 @smallexample
9769 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9770 @end smallexample
9771
9772 @noindent
9773 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9774 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9775 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9776
9777 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9778
9779 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9780 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9781 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9782 @command{tar} was invoked.
9783
9784 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9785 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9786 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9787 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9788 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9789 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9790 record.
9791
9792 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9793 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9794 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9795 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9796 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9797
9798 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9799 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9800 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9801 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9802 For example, in the command:
9803
9804 @smallexample
9805 tar --format=posix --create \
9806 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9807 @end smallexample
9808
9809 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9810 stored in the archive.
9811 @end table
9812
9813 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9814 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9815 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9816 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9817 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9818 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9819
9820 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9821 use the following option:
9822
9823 @smallexample
9824 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9825 @end smallexample
9826
9827 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9828
9829 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9830 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9831 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9832 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9833 same contents:
9834
9835 @smallexample
9836 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9837 @end smallexample
9838
9839 @node Checksumming
9840 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9841
9842 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9843 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9844 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9845 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9846 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9847 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9848 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9849 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9850 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9851 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9852 vice versa.
9853
9854 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accept
9855 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9856 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9857 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9858 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9859 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9860 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9861 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9862
9863 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9864 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9865 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9866 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9867 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9868 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9869 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9870 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9871 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9872 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9873 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9874
9875 @node Large or Negative Values
9876 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9877 @cindex large values
9878 @cindex future time stamps
9879 @cindex negative time stamps
9880 @UNREVISED
9881
9882 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9883 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9884 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9885 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9886 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9887 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9888 help you to do so.
9889
9890 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9891 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9892 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9893 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9894 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9895 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9896 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9897 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9898 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9899 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9900 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9901 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9902 representations.
9903
9904 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9905 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9906 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9907
9908 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9909 POSIX-aware tars.}
9910
9911 @node Other Tars
9912 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9913
9914 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9915 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9916 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9917 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9918 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9919 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9920 how to cope without it.
9921
9922 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9923 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9924 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9925 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9926 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9927 describe the required procedures in detail.
9928
9929 @menu
9930 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9931 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9932 @end menu
9933
9934 @node Split Recovery
9935 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
9936
9937 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
9938 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
9939 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
9940 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
9941 This program is available from
9942 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
9943 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
9944 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
9945 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
9946 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
9947
9948 @smallexample
9949 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
9950 @end smallexample
9951
9952 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
9953 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
9954 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
9955 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
9956 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
9957 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
9958 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
9959 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
9960
9961 @smallexample
9962 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
9963 @end smallexample
9964
9965 @noindent
9966 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
9967 have the following meaning:
9968
9969 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9970 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9971 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9972 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
9973 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
9974 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
9975 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
9976 created the archive.
9977 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
9978 @end multitable
9979
9980 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
9981 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
9982 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
9983
9984 @smallexample
9985 var/longfile
9986 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
9987 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
9988 @end smallexample
9989
9990 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
9991 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
9992 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
9993 the proper order, for example:
9994
9995 @smallexample
9996 @group
9997 $ @kbd{cd var}
9998 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
9999 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10000 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10001 @end group
10002 @end smallexample
10003
10004 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10005 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10006 during extraction. They will look like this:
10007
10008 @smallexample
10009 @group
10010 Tar file too small
10011 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10012 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10013 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10014 @end group
10015 @end smallexample
10016
10017 @noindent
10018 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10019
10020 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10021 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10022
10023 @smallexample
10024 @group
10025 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10026 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10027 normal file
10028 Unexpected EOF in archive
10029 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10030 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10031 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10032 'x', extracted as normal file
10033 @end group
10034 @end smallexample
10035
10036 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10037 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10038 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10039 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10040
10041 @node Sparse Recovery
10042 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10043
10044 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10045 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10046 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10047 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10048 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10049 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10050 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10051
10052 @pindex xsparse
10053 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10054 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10055 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10056 home page}.
10057
10058 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10059 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10060 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10061 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10062 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10063 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10064 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10065 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10066 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10067 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10068
10069 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10070
10071 @smallexample
10072 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10073 @end smallexample
10074
10075 @noindent
10076 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10077 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10078 following algorithm:
10079
10080 @enumerate 1
10081 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10082 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10083
10084 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10085 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10086 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10087 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10088
10089 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10090 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10091 @file{@var{name}}.
10092 @end enumerate
10093
10094 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10095 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10096 the command:
10097
10098 @smallexample
10099 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10100 @end smallexample
10101
10102 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10103 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10104 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10105 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10106
10107 @smallexample
10108 @group
10109 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10110 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10111 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10112 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10113 Finished dry run
10114 @end group
10115 @end smallexample
10116
10117 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10118
10119 @smallexample
10120 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10121 @end smallexample
10122
10123 @noindent
10124 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10125 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10126 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10127 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10128
10129 @smallexample
10130 @group
10131 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10132 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10133 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10134 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10135 Done
10136 @end group
10137 @end smallexample
10138
10139 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10140 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10141 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10142 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10143 use. Continuing our example:
10144
10145 @smallexample
10146 @group
10147 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10148 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10149 Reading extended header file
10150 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10151 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10152 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10153 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10154 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10155 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10156 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10157 Done
10158 @end group
10159 @end smallexample
10160
10161 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10162 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10163 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10164 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10165 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10166 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10167 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10168 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10169 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10170 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10171 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10172 extended headers from the archive?
10173
10174 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10175 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10176 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10177 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10178 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10179 @var{n} is an integer number.
10180
10181 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10182 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10183 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10184
10185 @enumerate 1
10186 @item
10187 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10188 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10189 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10190 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10191
10192 @item
10193 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10194 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10195 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10196 archive we obtain:
10197
10198 @smallexample
10199 @group
10200 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10201 @dots{}
10202 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10203 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10204 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10205 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10206 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10207 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10208 @dots{}
10209 @end group
10210 @end smallexample
10211
10212 @noindent
10213 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10214
10215 @item
10216 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10217 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10218 Compute:
10219
10220 @smallexample
10221 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10222 @end smallexample
10223
10224 @noindent
10225 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10226 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10227 = 7}.
10228
10229 @item
10230 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10231
10232 @smallexample
10233 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10234 @end smallexample
10235
10236 @noindent
10237 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10238 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10239 computed in previous steps.
10240
10241 In our example, this command will be
10242
10243 @smallexample
10244 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10245 @end smallexample
10246 @end enumerate
10247
10248 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10249
10250 @smallexample
10251 @group
10252 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10253 Reading extended header file
10254 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10255 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10256 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10257 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10258 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10259 Done
10260 @end group
10261 @end smallexample
10262
10263 @node cpio
10264 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10265 @UNREVISED
10266
10267 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10268
10269 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10270 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10271 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10272 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10273 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10274 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10275
10276 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10277 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10278 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10279 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10280 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10281 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10282 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10283 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10284
10285 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10286 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10287 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10288 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10289
10290 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10291
10292 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10293 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10294 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10295
10296 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10297 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10298 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10299 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10300 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10301 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10302 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10303 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10304 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10305 make hard links between them.
10306
10307 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10308 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10309 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10310 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10311 of the names.
10312
10313 @quotation
10314 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10315 @end quotation
10316
10317 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10318 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10319 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10320
10321 @quotation
10322 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10323 at the unix scene,
10324 @end quotation
10325
10326 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10327 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10328 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10329 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10330 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10331
10332 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10333 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10334 rest of the files.
10335
10336 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10337
10338 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10339 to start on a record boundary.
10340
10341 @quotation
10342 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10343 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10344 crashed archives at all.)
10345 @end quotation
10346
10347 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10348 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10349 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10350 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10351 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10352 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10353 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10354 archive.
10355
10356 @quotation
10357 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10358 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10359 @end quotation
10360
10361 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10362 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10363 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10364 special files.
10365
10366 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10367 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10368 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10369 backwards compatibility.
10370
10371 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10372 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10373 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10374
10375 @node Media
10376 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10377 @UNREVISED
10378
10379 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10380 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10381
10382 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10383 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10384 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10385 such manipulation easier.
10386
10387 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10388 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10389
10390 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10391 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10392 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10393 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10394
10395 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10396 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10397 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10398 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10399 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10400 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10401
10402 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10403 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10404 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10405 not a good idea.
10406
10407 @menu
10408 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10409 * Remote Tape Server::
10410 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10411 * Blocking:: Blocking
10412 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10413 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10414 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10415 * verify::
10416 * Write Protection::
10417 @end menu
10418
10419 @node Device
10420 @section Device Selection and Switching
10421 @UNREVISED
10422
10423 @table @option
10424 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10425 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10426 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10427 @end table
10428
10429 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10430 works on.
10431
10432 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10433 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10434 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10435 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10436 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10437
10438 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10439 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10440 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10441 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10442 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10443 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10444 @command{rsh}.
10445 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10446 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10447 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10448 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10449 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10450 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10451 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10452 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10453 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10454 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10455
10456 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10457 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10458 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10459 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10460 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10461
10462 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10463 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10464 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10465 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10466 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10467 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10468 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10469 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10470 cartridges or diskettes.
10471
10472 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10473 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10474 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10475 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10476 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10477 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10478 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10479 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10480 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10481 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10482 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10483 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10484
10485 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10486 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10487 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10488 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10489 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10490
10491 @table @option
10492 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10493 @item --force-local
10494 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10495
10496 @opindex rsh-command
10497 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10498 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10499 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10500 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10501
10502 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10503 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10504 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10505 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10506 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10507 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10508
10509 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10510 Specify drive and density.
10511
10512 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10513 @item -M
10514 @itemx --multi-volume
10515 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10516
10517 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10518 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10519 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10520
10521 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10522 @item -L @var{num}
10523 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10524 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10525 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10526 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10527
10528 @float Table, size-suffixes
10529 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10530 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10531 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10532 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10533 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10534 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10535 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10536 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10537 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10538 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10539 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10540 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10541 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10542 @end multitable
10543 @end float
10544
10545 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10546 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10547 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10548
10549 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10550 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10551 @item -F @var{command}
10552 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10553 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10554 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10555 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10556 description of this option.
10557 @end table
10558
10559 @node Remote Tape Server
10560 @section Remote Tape Server
10561
10562 @cindex remote tape drive
10563 @pindex rmt
10564 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10565 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10566 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10567 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10568 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10569 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10570 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10571
10572 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10573 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10574 installed by default.
10575
10576 @cindex absolute file names
10577 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10578 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10579 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10580 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10581 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10582 message telling you what it is doing.
10583
10584 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10585 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10586 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10587 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10588 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10589 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10590 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10591 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10592 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10593 backup tapes.
10594
10595 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10596 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10597 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10598 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10599 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10600 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10601 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10602
10603 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10604 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10605 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10606 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10607 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10608 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10609
10610 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10611 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10612 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10613 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10614 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10615 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10616
10617 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10618 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10619 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10620 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10621 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10622
10623 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10624 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10625
10626 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10627 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10628 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10629 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10630 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10631 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10632 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10633 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10634
10635 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10636 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10637
10638 @ifclear PUBLISH
10639
10640 @format
10641 errors from system:
10642 permission denied
10643 no such file or directory
10644 not owner
10645
10646 errors from @command{tar}:
10647 directory checksum error
10648 header format error
10649
10650 errors from media/system:
10651 i/o error
10652 device busy
10653 @end format
10654
10655 @end ifclear
10656
10657 @node Blocking
10658 @section Blocking
10659 @cindex block
10660 @cindex record
10661
10662 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10663 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10664 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10665 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10666 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10667
10668 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10669 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10670
10671 @quotation
10672 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10673 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10674 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10675 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10676 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10677 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10678 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10679 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10680 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10681 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10682
10683 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10684 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10685 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10686 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10687 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10688 into the source code too.
10689 @end quotation
10690
10691 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10692 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10693 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10694 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10695 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10696 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10697 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10698 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10699 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10700 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10701 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10702 in @GNUTAR{}.
10703
10704 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10705 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10706 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10707 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10708 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10709 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10710 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10711 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10712 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10713 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10714 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10715 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10716 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10717 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10718 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10719
10720 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10721 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10722 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10723 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10724 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10725 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10726 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10727 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10728 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10729
10730 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10731 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10732 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10733 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10734 honor blocking.
10735
10736 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10737 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10738 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10739 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10740 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
10741 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
10742 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
10743 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
10744 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
10745 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
10746 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
10747 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
10748 you must always specify the record size exactly with
10749 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10750 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10751 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10752 correctly.
10753
10754 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10755 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10756 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10757 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10758 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10759
10760 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10761 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10762 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10763 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10764 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10765 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10766 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10767 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10768 around one megabyte.
10769
10770 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10771 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10772 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10773 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10774 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10775 device.
10776
10777 @menu
10778 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10779 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10780 @end menu
10781
10782 @node Format Variations
10783 @subsection Format Variations
10784 @cindex Format Parameters
10785 @cindex Format Options
10786 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10787 @cindex Options, format specifying
10788 @UNREVISED
10789
10790 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10791 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10792 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10793 store the archive.
10794
10795 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10796 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10797 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10798 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10799 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10800 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10801 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10802 examples of format parameter considerations.
10803
10804 @node Blocking Factor
10805 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10806 @cindex Blocking Factor
10807 @cindex Record Size
10808 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10809 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10810 @cindex Bytes per record
10811 @cindex Blocks per record
10812 @UNREVISED
10813
10814 @opindex blocking-factor
10815 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10816 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10817 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10818 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10819 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10820 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10821 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10822 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10823 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10824 This may not work on some devices.
10825
10826 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10827 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10828 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10829 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10830 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10831 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10832 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10833 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10834 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10835 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10836 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10837 writing archives.
10838
10839 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10840
10841 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10842 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10843 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10844 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10845 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10846 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10847
10848 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10849 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10850 example, this has been reported:
10851
10852 @smallexample
10853 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10854 @end smallexample
10855
10856 @noindent
10857 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10858 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10859 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10860 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10861 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10862 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10863 for example, might resolve the problem.
10864
10865 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10866 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10867 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10868 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10869 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10870 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10871 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10872 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10873 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10874 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10875 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
10876 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10877 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10878
10879 @table @option
10880 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10881 @itemx -b @var{number}
10882 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10883 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10884 @end table
10885
10886 Device blocking
10887
10888 @table @option
10889 @item -b @var{blocks}
10890 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10891 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
10892
10893 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10894 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10895 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10896 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10897 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10898 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10899
10900 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10901 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10902 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10903 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10904
10905 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10906 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10907 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10908 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10909 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10910
10911 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10912 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10913 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10914 updating the archive.
10915
10916 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10917 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10918 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10919 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10920
10921 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10922 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10923 the amount of available virtual memory.
10924
10925 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10926 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10927 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10928 @itemize @bullet
10929 @item
10930 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10931 @item
10932 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
10933 redirected nor piped,
10934 @item
10935 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
10936 device,
10937 @item
10938 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
10939 invocation.
10940 @end itemize
10941
10942 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
10943 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
10944 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
10945 topic:
10946
10947 @itemize @bullet
10948
10949 @item
10950 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
10951 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
10952 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
10953 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
10954 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
10955 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
10956
10957 @item
10958 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
10959 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
10960 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
10961 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
10962 ignored.
10963
10964 @item
10965 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
10966 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
10967 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
10968 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
10969 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
10970 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
10971 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
10972
10973 @item
10974 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
10975 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
10976 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
10977 @end itemize
10978
10979 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
10980 @item -i
10981 @itemx --ignore-zeros
10982 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
10983
10984 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
10985 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
10986 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
10987 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
10988 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
10989 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
10990 the zeroed blocks.
10991
10992 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
10993 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
10994 are stored on a single physical tape.
10995
10996 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
10997 @item -B
10998 @itemx --read-full-records
10999 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11000
11001 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11002 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11003 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11004 until it has obtained a full
11005 record.
11006
11007 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11008 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11009 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11010 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11011 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11012 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11013
11014 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11015
11016 @end table
11017
11018 Tape blocking
11019
11020 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11021
11022 @cindex blocking factor
11023 @cindex tape blocking
11024
11025 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11026 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11027 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11028 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11029 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11030 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11031 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11032 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11033 tape motion without losing information.
11034
11035 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11036 @cindex DAT blocking
11037 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11038 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11039 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11040 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11041 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11042 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11043 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11044 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11045 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11046 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11047 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11048 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11049 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11050 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11051 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11052 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11053
11054 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11055 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11056 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11057 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11058
11059 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11060 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11061 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11062
11063 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11064 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11065 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11066
11067 @node Many
11068 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11069
11070 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11071
11072 @findex ntape @r{device}
11073 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11074 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11075 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11076 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11077 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11078 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11079 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11080 device.
11081
11082 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11083 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11084 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11085 means that a simple:
11086
11087 @smallexample
11088 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11089 @end smallexample
11090
11091 @noindent
11092 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11093 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11094 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11095 just been saved.
11096
11097 @cindex tape positioning
11098 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11099 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11100 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11101 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11102 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11103 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11104 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11105 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11106 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11107 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11108 recovered.
11109
11110 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11111 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11112
11113 @smallexample
11114 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11115 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11116 @end smallexample
11117
11118 @cindex tape marks
11119 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11120 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11121 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11122 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11123 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11124 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11125 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11126 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11127 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11128 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11129 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11130
11131 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11132 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11133
11134 @smallexample
11135 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11136 @end smallexample
11137
11138 @noindent
11139 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11140
11141 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11142 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11143 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11144 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11145 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11146 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11147 these commands:
11148
11149 @smallexample
11150 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11151 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11152 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11153 @end smallexample
11154
11155 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11156 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11157
11158 @menu
11159 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11160 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11161 @end menu
11162
11163 @node Tape Positioning
11164 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11165 @UNREVISED
11166
11167 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11168 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11169 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11170 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11171 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11172 two at the end of all the file entries.
11173
11174 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11175 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11176
11177 @smallexample
11178 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11179 @end smallexample
11180
11181 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11182 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11183 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11184 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11185 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11186 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11187 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11188 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11189 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11190 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11191 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11192 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11193
11194 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11195 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11196 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11197 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11198 following:
11199
11200 @smallexample
11201 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11202 @end smallexample
11203
11204 @node mt
11205 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11206 @UNREVISED
11207
11208 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11209 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11210 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11211
11212 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11213 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11214 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11215 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11216 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11217 together"?}
11218
11219 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11220
11221 @smallexample
11222 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11223 @end smallexample
11224
11225 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11226 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11227 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11228
11229 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11230
11231 @table @option
11232 @item eof
11233 @itemx weof
11234 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11235
11236 @item fsf
11237 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11238
11239 @item bsf
11240 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11241
11242 @item rewind
11243 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11244
11245 @item offline
11246 @itemx rewoff1
11247 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11248
11249 @item status
11250 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11251
11252 @end table
11253
11254 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11255 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11256 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11257 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11258 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11259
11260 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11261 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11262 failed.
11263
11264 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11265 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11266
11267 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11268 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11269 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11270 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11271 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11272 multi-volume archives.
11273
11274 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11275 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11276 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11277 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11278 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11279 even be located on files.
11280
11281 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11282 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11283 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11284 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11285 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11286 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11287 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11288
11289 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11290 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11291 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11292 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11293 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11294
11295 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11296 they cannot be compressed.
11297
11298 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11299 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11300
11301 @menu
11302 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11303 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11304 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11305
11306 @end menu
11307
11308 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11309 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11310 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11311
11312 @opindex multi-volume
11313 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11314 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11315 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11316 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11317 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11318 than one tape or file.
11319
11320 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11321 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11322 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11323 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11324 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11325 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11326
11327 @table @option
11328 @item --multi-volume
11329 @itemx -M
11330 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11331 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11332 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11333 operation.
11334 For example:
11335
11336 @smallexample
11337 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11338 @end smallexample
11339 @end table
11340
11341 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11342 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11343 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11344 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11345 tape:
11346
11347 @anchor{tape-length}
11348 @table @option
11349 @opindex tape-length
11350 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11351 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11352 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11353 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11354 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11355 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11356 assumed.
11357
11358 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11359
11360 @smallexample
11361 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11362 @end smallexample
11363
11364 @noindent
11365 or, which is equivalent:
11366
11367 @smallexample
11368 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11369 @end smallexample
11370 @end table
11371
11372 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11373 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11374 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11375 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11376 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11377
11378 @smallexample
11379 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11380 @end smallexample
11381
11382 @noindent
11383 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11384 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11385
11386 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11387 responses:
11388
11389 @table @kbd
11390 @item ?
11391 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11392 @item q
11393 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11394 @item n @var{file-name}
11395 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11396 @item !
11397 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11398 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11399 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11400 this option.}.
11401 @item y
11402 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11403 @end table
11404
11405 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11406 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11407
11408 @cindex Volume number file
11409 @cindex volno file
11410 @anchor{volno-file}
11411 @opindex volno-file
11412 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11413 can be changed; if you give the
11414 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11415 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11416 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11417 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11418 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11419 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11420 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11421 the number used in the prompt.)
11422
11423 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11424 @cindex Info script
11425 @anchor{info-script}
11426 @opindex info-script
11427 @opindex new-volume-script
11428 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11429 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11430 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11431 prompting procedure:
11432
11433 @table @option
11434 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11435 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11436 @itemx -F @var{command}
11437 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11438 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11439 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11440 backups.
11441 @end table
11442
11443 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11444 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11445 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11446 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11447 via the following environment variables:
11448
11449 @table @env
11450 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11451 @item TAR_VERSION
11452 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11453
11454 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11455 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11456 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11457
11458 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11459 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11460 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11461
11462 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11463 @item TAR_VOLUME
11464 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11465
11466 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11467 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11468 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11469 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11470
11471 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11472 @item TAR_FORMAT
11473 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11474 list of archive format names.
11475
11476 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11477 @item TAR_FD
11478 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11479 name to @command{tar}.
11480 @end table
11481
11482 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11483 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11484 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11485
11486 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11487 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11488
11489 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11490 writing the next volume.
11491
11492 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11493 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11494 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11495 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11496 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11497 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11498 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11499 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11500 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11501 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11502
11503 @smallexample
11504 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11505 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11506 @end smallexample
11507
11508 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11509 prompt.
11510
11511 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11512 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11513 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11514 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11515 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11516 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11517
11518 @smallexample
11519 @group
11520 #! /bin/bash
11521 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11522 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11523
11524 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11525
11526 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11527 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11528 -c) ;;
11529 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11530 ;;
11531 *) exit 1
11532 esac
11533
11534 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11535 @end group
11536 @end smallexample
11537
11538 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11539 from the created archive. For example:
11540
11541 @smallexample
11542 @group
11543 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11544 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11545 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11546 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11547 @end group
11548 @end smallexample
11549
11550 @noindent
11551 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11552 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11553 @file{archive.tar}.
11554
11555 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11556 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11557 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11558 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11559 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11560 @option{--multi-volume}.
11561
11562 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11563 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11564 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11565 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11566 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11567 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11568 information about extracting archives.
11569
11570 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11571 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11572 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11573 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11574
11575 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11576 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11577 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11578 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11579 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11580 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11581
11582 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11583 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11584 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11585 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11586
11587 @node Tape Files
11588 @subsection Tape Files
11589 @cindex labeling archives
11590 @opindex label
11591 @UNREVISED
11592
11593 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11594 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11595 option. This will write a special block identifying
11596 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11597 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11598 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11599 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11600 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11601 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11602 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11603 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11604 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11605
11606 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11607 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11608 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11609 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11610 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11611 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11612 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11613
11614 People seem to often do:
11615
11616 @smallexample
11617 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11618 @end smallexample
11619
11620 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11621
11622 @node Tarcat
11623 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11624
11625 @pindex tarcat
11626 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11627 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11628 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11629 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11630 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11631
11632 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11633 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11634
11635 @smallexample
11636 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11637 @end smallexample
11638
11639 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11640 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11641 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11642 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11643 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11644 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11645
11646 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11647
11648 @node label
11649 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11650 @cindex Labeling an archive
11651 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11652 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11653
11654 @opindex label
11655 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11656 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11657 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11658 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11659 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11660 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11661 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11662 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11663
11664 @table @option
11665 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11666 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11667 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11668 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11669 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11670 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11671 operation).
11672 @end table
11673
11674 If you create an archive using both
11675 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11676 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11677 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11678 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11679 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11680 creating multiple volume archives.
11681
11682 @cindex Volume label, listing
11683 @cindex Listing volume label
11684 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11685 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11686 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11687
11688 @smallexample
11689 @group
11690 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11691 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11692 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11693 @end group
11694 @end smallexample
11695
11696 @opindex test-label
11697 @anchor{--test-label option}
11698 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11699 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11700 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11701 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11702 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11703 devices. For example:
11704
11705 @smallexample
11706 @group
11707 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11708 iamalabel
11709 @end group
11710 @end smallexample
11711
11712 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11713 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11714 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11715 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11716 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11717 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11718 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11719
11720 @smallexample
11721 @group
11722 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11723 @result{} 0
11724 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11725 @result{} 1
11726 @end group
11727 @end smallexample
11728
11729 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11730 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11731 case of a mismatch:
11732
11733 @smallexample
11734 @group
11735 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11736 iamalabel
11737 @result{} 0
11738 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11739 iamalabel
11740 tar: Archive label mismatch
11741 @result{} 1
11742 @end group
11743 @end smallexample
11744
11745 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11746 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11747 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11748 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11749 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11750 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11751 you will get:
11752
11753 @smallexample
11754 @group
11755 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11756 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11757 @end group
11758 @end smallexample
11759
11760 @noindent
11761 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11762 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11763
11764 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11765 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11766 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11767 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11768 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11769 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11770 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11771 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11772 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11773 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11774 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11775 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11776 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11777 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11778 of it when the archive is being read.
11779
11780 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11781 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11782 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11783 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11784
11785 @smallexample
11786 @group
11787 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11788 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11789 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11790 @end group
11791 @end smallexample
11792
11793 Some more notes about volume labels:
11794
11795 @itemize @bullet
11796 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11797 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11798 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11799 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11800
11801 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11802 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11803 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11804 usually not the case.
11805 @end itemize
11806
11807 @node verify
11808 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11809 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11810 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11811
11812 @table @option
11813 @item -W
11814 @itemx --verify
11815 @opindex verify, short description
11816 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11817 @end table
11818
11819 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11820 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11821 are recorded on the standard error output.
11822
11823 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11824 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11825 cannot be verified.
11826
11827 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11828 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11829 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11830 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11831 it is up to date.
11832
11833 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11834 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11835 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11836 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11837 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11838 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11839 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11840
11841 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11842 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11843 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11844 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11845
11846 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11847 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11848 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11849 @xref{compare}.
11850
11851 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11852 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11853 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11854 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11855 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11856 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11857 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11858 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11859 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11860 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11861 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11862 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11863
11864 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11865 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11866 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11867 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11868 as long as programming is concerned.
11869
11870 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11871 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11872 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11873 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11874 information on these operations.
11875
11876 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11877 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11878 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11879 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11880 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11881
11882 @node Write Protection
11883 @section Write Protection
11884
11885 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11886 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11887 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11888 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11889 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11890 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
11891
11892 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11893 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11894 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11895 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11896 changeable feature.
11897
11898 @node Reliability and security
11899 @chapter Reliability and Security
11900
11901 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
11902 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
11903 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
11904 advice on the topic.
11905
11906 @menu
11907 * Reliability::
11908 * Security::
11909 @end menu
11910
11911 @node Reliability
11912 @section Reliability
11913
11914 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
11915 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
11916 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
11917 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
11918 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
11919 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
11920 archive.
11921
11922 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
11923 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
11924 data, and race conditions.
11925
11926 @menu
11927 * Permissions problems::
11928 * Data corruption and repair::
11929 * Race conditions::
11930 @end menu
11931
11932 @node Permissions problems
11933 @subsection Permissions Problems
11934
11935 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
11936 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
11937 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
11938 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
11939 file into the archive.
11940
11941 @node Data corruption and repair
11942 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
11943
11944 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
11945 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
11946 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
11947 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
11948 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
11949
11950 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
11951 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
11952 @command{cksum}.
11953
11954 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
11955 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
11956 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
11957 format and in other software tools.
11958
11959 @node Race conditions
11960 @subsection Race conditions
11961
11962 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
11963 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
11964 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
11965 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
11966 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
11967 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
11968 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
11969 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
11970 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
11971 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
11972 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
11973 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
11974 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
11975
11976 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
11977 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
11978 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
11979 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
11980 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
11981 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
11982 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
11983 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
11984 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
11985 then mount it read-only.
11986
11987 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
11988 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
11989 extract into that.
11990
11991 @node Security
11992 @section Security
11993
11994 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
11995 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
11996 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
11997 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
11998 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
11999 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12000 race condition.
12001
12002 @menu
12003 * Privacy::
12004 * Integrity::
12005 * Live untrusted data::
12006 * Security rules of thumb::
12007 @end menu
12008
12009 @node Privacy
12010 @subsection Privacy
12011
12012 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12013 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12014 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12015 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12016 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12017 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12018 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12019 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12020 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12021 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12022 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12023
12024 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12025 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12026 all the files in your home directory.
12027
12028 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12029 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12030 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12031 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12032
12033 @node Integrity
12034 @subsection Integrity
12035
12036 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12037 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12038 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12039
12040 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12041 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12042 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12043 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12044 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12045 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12046 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12047 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12048
12049 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12050 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12051 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12052 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12053 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12054 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12055 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12056 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12057 directory.
12058
12059 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12060 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12061 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12062 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12063 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12064 for trusted archives.
12065
12066 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12067 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12068 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12069 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12070 latter just silently ignores them.
12071
12072 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12073 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12074 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12075 archives.
12076
12077 @node Live untrusted data
12078 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12079
12080 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12081 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12082 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12083 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12084 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12085
12086 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12087 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12088 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12089 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12090 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12091 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12092 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12093 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12094 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12095 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12096
12097 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12098 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12099 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12100 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12101 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12102 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12103 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12104 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12105 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12106 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12107 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12108
12109 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12110 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12111 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12112 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12113 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12114 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12115 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12116 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12117 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12118
12119 @node Security rules of thumb
12120 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12121
12122 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12123 pitfalls.
12124
12125 @itemize @bullet
12126
12127 @item
12128 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12129 being archived.
12130
12131 @item
12132 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12133 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12134 trusted users. For example:
12135
12136 @example
12137 @group
12138 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12139 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12140 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12141 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12142 @end group
12143 @end example
12144
12145 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12146
12147 @item
12148 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12149 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12150
12151 @item
12152 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12153 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12154 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12155 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12156
12157 @item
12158 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12159
12160 @item
12161 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12162 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12163
12164 @item
12165 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12166 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12167 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12168 understand their security implications.
12169
12170 @end itemize
12171
12172 @node Changes
12173 @appendix Changes
12174
12175 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12176 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12177 version of this document is available at
12178 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12179 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12180
12181 @table @asis
12182 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12183
12184 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12185 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12186
12187 @smallexample
12188 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12189 @end smallexample
12190
12191 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12192 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12193 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12194 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12195 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12196 named @file{*.c}.
12197
12198 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12199 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12200 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12201 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12202
12203 @smallexample
12204 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12205 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12206 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12207 tar: suppress this warning.
12208 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12209 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12210 @end smallexample
12211
12212 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12213 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12214 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12215
12216 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12217 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12218
12219 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12220
12221 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12222 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12223
12224 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12225 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12226 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12227
12228 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12229 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12230 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12231
12232 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12233 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12234 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12235 of this issue and its implications.
12236
12237 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12238 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12239 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12240
12241 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12242 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12243
12244 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12245
12246 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12247 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12248 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12249 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12250 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12251 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12252 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12253
12254 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12255
12256 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12257
12258 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12259
12260 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12261 @end table
12262
12263 @node Configuring Help Summary
12264 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12265
12266 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12267 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12268 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12269 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12270 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12271 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12272 --help} output:
12273
12274 @verbatim
12275 Main operation mode:
12276
12277 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12278 -c, --create create a new archive
12279 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12280 file system
12281 --delete delete from the archive
12282 @end verbatim
12283
12284 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12285 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12286 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12287 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12288 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12289 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12290 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12291 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12292 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12293
12294 @table @asis
12295 @item Offset assignment
12296
12297 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12298
12299 @smallexample
12300 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12301 @end smallexample
12302
12303 @noindent
12304 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12305 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12306
12307 @item Boolean assignment
12308
12309 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12310 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12311 example:
12312
12313 @smallexample
12314 @group
12315 # Assign @code{true} value:
12316 dup-args
12317 # Assign @code{false} value:
12318 no-dup-args
12319 @end group
12320 @end smallexample
12321 @end table
12322
12323 Following variables are declared:
12324
12325 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12326 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12327 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12328
12329 @smallexample
12330 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12331 @end smallexample
12332
12333 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12334 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12335
12336 @smallexample
12337 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12338 @end smallexample
12339
12340 @noindent
12341 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12342 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12343 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12344
12345 The default is false.
12346 @end deftypevr
12347
12348 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12349 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12350 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12351
12352 @quotation
12353 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12354 optional for any corresponding short options.
12355 @end quotation
12356
12357 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12358 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12359 @end deftypevr
12360
12361 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12362 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12363
12364 @smallexample
12365 @group
12366 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12367 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12368 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12369 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12370 @end group
12371 @end smallexample
12372 @end deftypevr
12373
12374 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12375 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12376
12377 @smallexample
12378 @group
12379 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12380 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12381 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12382 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12383 @end group
12384 @end smallexample
12385 @end deftypevr
12386
12387 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12388 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12389 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12390 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12391 the description of @option{--format} option:
12392
12393 @smallexample
12394 @group
12395 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12396
12397 FORMAT is one of the following:
12398
12399 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12400 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12401 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12402 posix same as pax
12403 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12404 v7 old V7 tar format
12405 @end group
12406 @end smallexample
12407
12408 @noindent
12409 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12410 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12411 will look as follows:
12412
12413 @smallexample
12414 @group
12415 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12416
12417 FORMAT is one of the following:
12418
12419 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12420 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12421 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12422 posix same as pax
12423 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12424 v7 old V7 tar format
12425 @end group
12426 @end smallexample
12427 @end deftypevr
12428
12429 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12430 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12431
12432 @smallexample
12433 @group
12434 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12435 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12436 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12437 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12438 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12439 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12440 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12441 @end group
12442 @end smallexample
12443
12444 @noindent
12445 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12446 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12447 @end deftypevr
12448
12449 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12450 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12451 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12452 following text:
12453
12454 @verbatim
12455 Main operation mode:
12456
12457 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12458 an archive
12459 -c, --create create a new archive
12460 @end verbatim
12461 @noindent
12462 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12463
12464 The default value is 1.
12465 @end deftypevr
12466
12467 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12468 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12469 output. Default is 12.
12470 @end deftypevr
12471
12472 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12473 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12474 @end deftypevr
12475
12476 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12477 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12478 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12479
12480 @node Tar Internals
12481 @appendix Tar Internals
12482 @include intern.texi
12483
12484 @node Genfile
12485 @appendix Genfile
12486 @include genfile.texi
12487
12488 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12489 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12490 @include freemanuals.texi
12491
12492 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12493 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12494
12495 @include fdl.texi
12496
12497 @node Index of Command Line Options
12498 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12499
12500 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12501 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12502 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12503 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12504
12505 @printindex op
12506
12507 @node Index
12508 @appendix Index
12509
12510 @printindex cp
12511
12512 @summarycontents
12513 @contents
12514 @bye
12515
12516 @c Local variables:
12517 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12518 @c End:
This page took 0.551185 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.